Edgar Filing: STERLING BANCORP

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934


For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009	Commission File No. 1-5273-1

STERLING BANCORP

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


New York	13-2565216
(State or other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)
650 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y.	10019-6108
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(212) 757-3300
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:


TITLE OF EACH CLASS	NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
Common Shares, $1 par value per share	New York Stock Exchange
Cumulative Trust Preferred
Securities 8.375% (Liquidation Amount
$10 per Preferred Security) of Sterling
Bancorp Trust I and Guarantee of Sterling
Bancorp with respect thereto	New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: NONE

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer o Accelerated Filer þ Non-Accelerated Filer o Smaller Reporting Company o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ

On June 30, 2009, the aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $139,325,077.

The Registrant has one class of common stock, of which 18,115,987 shares were outstanding at February 12, 2010.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

(1) Portions of Sterling Bancorp’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference in Part III.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page
	PART I

Item 1.	BUSINESS	1

Item 1A.	RISK FACTORS	18

Item 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	29

Item 2.	PROPERTIES	29

Item 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	29

Item 4.	SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS	29

	PART II

Item 5.	MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	30

Item 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	31

Item 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	31

Item 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	31

Item 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	58

Item 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	111

Item 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	111

Item 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	113

	PART III

Item 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	114

Item 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	114

Item 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	114

Item 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	114

Item 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	114

	PART IV

Item 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	115

SIGNATURES		118

Exhibits Submitted in a Separate Volume.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS on pages 18–29 and the section captioned “FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT COULD AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS” on page 33 and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this report.

Sterling Bancorp (the “parent company” or the “Registrant”) is a bank holding company and a financial holding company as defined by the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), which was organized in 1966. Sterling Bancorp and its subsidiaries derive substantially all of their revenue and income from providing banking and related financial services and products to customers primarily in New York, New Jersey and Connecticut (“the New York metropolitan area”). Throughout this report, the terms the “Company” or “Sterling” refer to Sterling Bancorp and its subsidiaries. The Company has operations in the New York metropolitan area and conducts business throughout the United States.

The parent company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding shares of Sterling National Bank (the “bank”), its principal subsidiary, and all of the outstanding shares of Sterling Banking Corporation and Sterling Bancorp Trust I (the “trust”). Sterling National Mortgage Company, Inc. (“SNMC”), Sterling Factors Corporation (“Factors”), Sterling Trade Services, Inc. (“Trade Services”), Sterling Resource Funding Corp. (“Resource Funding”) and Sterling Real Estate Holding Company, Inc. are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the bank. Trade Services owns all of the outstanding common shares of Sterling National Asia Limited, Hong Kong.

On April 3, 2009, Factors, a subsidiary of the bank, acquired substantially all of the assets and customer lists of DCD Capital, LLC and DCD Trade Services, LLC. The acquired assets and customer lists are now operating as a division of Factors under the name Sterling Trade Capital.

In September 2006, the business conducted by Sterling Financial Services Company, Inc. (“Sterling Financial”) was sold (see Note 2 beginning on page 72). The results of operations of Sterling Financial have been reported as a discontinued operation and all prior period amounts have been restated as appropriate. Segment information appears in Note 25 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

GOVERNMENT MONETARY POLICY

The Company is affected by the credit policies of monetary authorities, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). An important objective of the Federal Reserve System is to regulate the national supply of bank credit. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve Board are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate, reserve requirements on member bank deposits, and funds availability regulations. The Federal Reserve Board is currently using, and will continue to use, such instruments of monetary policy in its effort to strengthen market stability, improve the strength of financial institutions, and enhance market liquidity. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have in the past had a significant effect on operations of financial institutions, including the bank, and will continue to do so in the future. Changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets make it difficult to predict future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand or their effects on the business and earnings of the Company. Foreign activities of the Company are not considered to be material with predominantly all revenues and assets attributable to customers located in the United States. As of December 31, 2009, deposits of customers located outside the United States totaled $585 thousand.

BUSINESS OPERATIONS

The Bank

Sterling National Bank was organized in 1929 under the National Bank Act and commenced operations in New York City. The bank maintains twelve offices in New York: nine offices in New York City (six branches and an international banking facility in Manhattan and three branches in Queens); two branches in Nassau County (one in Great Neck and the other in Woodbury, New York) and one branch in Yonkers, New York. The executive office is located at 650 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York.

The bank provides a broad range of banking and financial products and services, including business and consumer lending, asset-based financing, factoring/accounts receivable management services, equipment leasing, commercial and residential mortgage lending and brokerage, deposit services, international trade financing, trust and estate administration, investment management and investment services.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the bank’s average earning assets represented approximately 99.7% of the Company’s average earning assets. Loans represented 60.9% and investment securities represented 36.7% of the bank’s average earning assets in 2009.

Commercial Lending, Asset-Based Financing and Factoring/Accounts Receivable Management. The bank provides loans to small and medium-sized businesses. The businesses are diversified across industries, including commercial, industrial and financial companies, and government and non-profit entities. Loans generally range in size from $250 thousand

PAGE 1

to $15 million and can be tailored to meet customers’ specific long- and short-term needs, and include secured and unsecured lines of credit, business installment loans, business lines of credit, and debtor-in-possession financing. Loans are often collateralized by assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory, marketable securities, other liquid collateral, equipment and other assets.

Through its factoring subsidiary, Factors, the bank provides accounts receivable management services. The purchase of a client’s accounts receivable is traditionally known as “factoring” and results in payment by the client of a nonrefundable factoring fee, which is generally a percentage of the factored receivables or sales volume and is designed to compensate for the bookkeeping and collection services provided by Factors and, if applicable, its credit review of the client’s customer and assumption of customer credit risk. When Factors “factors” (i.e., purchases) an account receivable from a client, it records the receivable as an asset (included in “Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts”), records a liability for the funds due to the client (included in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities”) and credits to noninterest income the nonrefundable factoring fee (included in “Accounts receivable management/factoring commissions and other fees”). Factors also may advance funds to its client prior to the collection of receivables, charging interest on such advances (in addition to any factoring fees) and normally satisfying such advances by the collection of receivables. The accounts receivable factored are primarily for clients engaged in the apparel and textile industries.

Through a subsidiary, Sterling Resource Funding Corp., the bank provides financing and human resource business process outsourcing support services, exclusively for the temporary staffing industry. For over 25 years and throughout the United States, Resource Funding has provided full back-office, computer, tax and accounting services, as well as financing, to independently-owned staffing companies. The average contract term is 18 months for approximately 200 staffing companies.

As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding loan balance (net of unearned discounts) for commercial and industrial lending and factored receivables was $585.9 million, representing approximately 47.7% of the bank’s total loan portfolio.

There are no industry concentrations in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio that exceed 10% of gross loans. Approximately 78% of the bank’s loans are to borrowers located in the New York metropolitan area. The bank has no foreign loans.

Lease Financing. The bank offers lease financing services in the New York metropolitan area and across the United States through direct leasing programs, third party sources and vendor programs. The bank finances full payout leases for various types of business equipment, written on a recourse basis—with personal guarantees of the principals, with terms generally ranging from 24 to 60 months. At December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance (net of unearned discounts) for lease financing receivables was $195.1 million, with a remaining average term of 32 months, representing approximately 15.9% of the bank’s total loan portfolio.

Residential and Commercial Mortgages. The bank’s real estate loan portfolio consists of real estate loans on one-to-four family residential properties, multi-family residential properties and nonresidential commercial properties. The residential mortgage banking and brokerage business is conducted through offices located principally in New York. Residential mortgage loans, substantially all of which are for single family residences, are focused on conforming credit, government insured FHA and other high quality loan products and are originated primarily in the New York metropolitan area, Virginia and other mid-Atlantic states, almost all of these for resale. In addition, the Company retains in portfolio fixed and floating rate residential mortgage loans, primarily on properties located in the New York metropolitan area, which were originated by its mortgage banking subsidiary. Commercial real estate lending, including financing on multi-family residential properties and nonresidential commercial properties, is offered on income-producing investor properties and owner-occupied properties, professional co-ops and condos. At December 31, 2009, the outstanding loan balance for real estate mortgage loans was $251.2 million, representing approximately 20.4% of the bank’s total loans outstanding.

Deposit Services. The bank attracts deposits from customers located primarily in the New York metropolitan area, offering a broad array of deposit products, including checking accounts, money market accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, savings accounts, rent security accounts, retirement accounts, and certificates of deposit. The bank’s deposit services include account management and information, disbursement, reconciliation, collection and concentration, ACH and others designed for specific business purposes. The deposits of the bank are insured to the extent permitted by law pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.

International Trade Finance. Through its international division, international banking facility and Hong Kong trade services subsidiary, the bank offers financial services to its customers and correspondents in the world’s major financial centers. These services consist of financing import and export transactions, issuing of letters of credit, processing documentary

PAGE 2

collections and creating banker’s acceptances. In addition, active bank account relationships are maintained with leading foreign banking institutions in major financial centers.

Trust Services. The bank’s trust department provides a variety of fiduciary, investment management, custody and advisory and corporate agency services to individuals and corporations. The bank acts as trustee for pension, profit-sharing, 401(k) and other employee benefit plans and personal trusts and estates. For corporations, the bank acts as trustee, transfer agent, registrar and in other corporate agency capacities.

The composition of total revenues (interest income and non-interest income) of the bank and its subsidiaries for the three most recent fiscal years was as follows:


Years Ended December 31,	2009		2008		2007

Interest and fees on loans	48	%	53	%	59	%
Interest and dividends on investment securities	22		24		18
Other	30		23		23

	100	%	100	%	100	%

At December 31, 2009, the bank and its subsidiaries had 565 full-time equivalent employees, consisting of 226 officers and 339 supervisory and clerical employees. The bank considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.

COMPETITION

There is intense competition in all areas in which the Company conducts its business. As a result of the deregulation of the financial services industry under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, the Company competes with banks and other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies, and credit unions. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and may have higher lending limits and provide a wider array of banking services than the Company does. To a limited extent, the Company also competes with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies. The Company generally competes on the basis of level of customer service, responsiveness to customer needs, availability and pricing of products, and geographic location.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

The banking industry is highly regulated. Statutory and regulatory controls are designed primarily for the protection of depositors and the banking system, and not for the purpose of protecting the shareholders of the parent company. The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of such laws and regulations on the bank. It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions. As of the date of this document, substantial changes to the regulatory framework applicable to the parent company and its subsidiaries are being considered by Congress and by U.S. bank regulatory agencies. Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and results of the Company.

Sterling is a bank holding company and a financial holding company under the BHCA and is subject to supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve Board. Sterling is also under the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as administered by the SEC. Sterling Bancorp is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “STL” and is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies.

As a national bank, the bank is principally subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), as well as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Insured banks, including the bank, are subject to extensive regulation of many aspects of their business. These regulations relate to, among other things: (a) the nature and amount of loans that may be made by the bank and the rates of interest that may be charged; (b) types and amounts of other investments; (c) branching; (d) permissible activities; (e) reserve requirements; and (f) dealings with officers, directors and affiliates.

Sterling Banking Corporation is subject to supervision and regulation by the Banking Department of the State of New York.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

The BHCA requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for the acquisition by a bank holding company of 5% or more of the voting stock or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Also, under the BHCA, bank holding companies are prohibited, with certain exceptions, from engaging in, or from acquiring 5% or more of the voting stock of any company engaging in, activities other than (1) banking or managing or controlling banks, (2) furnishing services to or performing services for their subsidiaries, or (3) activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

PAGE 3

As discussed below under “Financial Holding Company Regulation,” the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 amended the BHCA to permit a broader range of activities for bank holding companies that qualify as “financial holding companies.”

Financial Holding Company Regulation

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act:


•	allows bank holding companies, the depository institution subsidiaries of which meet management, capital and the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”) standards, to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking financial activities than was previously permissible, including (a) insurance underwriting and agency, (b) making merchant banking investments in commercial companies, (c) securities underwriting, dealing and market making, and (d) sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies;

•	allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks; and

•	establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations.

In order for a bank holding company to engage in the broader range of activities that are permitted by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, (1) all of its depository subsidiaries must be and remain “well capitalized” and “well managed” and have received at least a satisfactory CRA rating, and (2) it must file a declaration with the Federal Reserve Board that it elects to be a “financial holding company.”

Requirements and standards to remain “well capitalized” are discussed below. To maintain financial holding company status, the bank must have at least a “satisfactory” rating under the CRA. Under the CRA, during examinations of the bank, the OCC is required to assess the bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of the communities serviced by the bank, including low- and moderate-income communities. Banks are given one of four ratings under the CRA: “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial non-compliance.” The bank received a rating of “outstanding” on the most recent exam completed by the OCC.

Pursuant to an election made under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the parent company has been designated as a financial holding company. As a financial holding company, Sterling may conduct, or acquire a company (other than a U.S. depository institution or foreign bank) engaged in, activities that are “financial in nature,” as well as additional activities that the Federal Reserve Board determines (in the case of incidental activities, in conjunction with the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) are incidental or complementary to financial activities, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, activities that are financial in nature include insurance, securities underwriting and dealing, merchant banking, and sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies. Under the merchant banking authority added by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, financial holding companies may invest in companies that engage in activities that are not otherwise permissible “financial” activities, subject to certain limitations, including that the financial holding company makes the investment with the intention of limiting the investment duration and does not manage the company on a day-to-day basis.

Generally, financial holding companies must continue to meet all the requirements for financial holding company status in order to maintain the ability to undertake new activities or acquisitions that are financial in nature and the ability to continue those activities that are not generally permissible for bank holding companies. If the parent company ceases to so qualify, it would be required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to engage in non-banking activities or to acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of any company that is engaged in non-banking activities. With certain exceptions, the Federal Reserve Board can only provide prior approval to applications involving activities that it had previously determined, by regulation or order, are so closely related to banking as to be properly incident thereto. Such activities are more limited than the range of activities that are deemed “financial in nature.”

Payment of Dividends and Transactions with Affiliates

The parent company depends for its cash requirements on funds maintained or generated by its subsidiaries, principally the bank.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the bank can fund the parent company and its nonbank subsidiaries. All national banks are limited in the payment of dividends without the approval of the OCC to an amount not to exceed the net profits (as defined) for that year-to-date combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. Federal law also prohibits national banks from paying dividends that would be greater than the bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the bank’s allowance for loan losses. Under the foregoing restrictions, as of December 31, 2009, the bank could pay dividends of approximately $31.5 million to the parent company, without obtaining regulatory approval. This is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be paid or are available to be paid in future periods.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), a depository institution, such as the bank, may not pay dividends if payment would cause it

PAGE 4

to become undercapitalized or if it is already undercapitalized. The payment of dividends by the parent company and the bank may also be affected or limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital. The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank holding company or a bank that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. In addition, in the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.

On December 23, 2008, the parent company issued Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares Series A, liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), to the U.S. Treasury as a participant in the Capital Purchase Program under the Troubled Asset Repurchase Program (“TARP”). Under the terms of a letter agreement the parent company executed in connection with the preferred shares issuance, prior to December 23, 2011, unless the parent company has redeemed all such preferred shares or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all such preferred shares to a third party, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for the parent company to increase the dividend on its common shares above a quarterly cash dividend of $0.19 per share.

For a discussion of additional restrictions on the parent company’s ability to pay dividends, see “Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008” beginning on page 10.

Federal laws strictly limit the ability of banks to engage in transactions with their affiliates, including their bank holding companies. Such transactions between a subsidiary bank and its parent company or the nonbank subsidiaries of the bank holding company are limited to 10% of a bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus and, with respect to such parent company and all such nonbank subsidiaries, to an aggregate of 20% of the bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus. Further, loans and extensions of credit generally are required to be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts. Federal law also requires that all transactions between a bank and its affiliates be on terms only as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates.

Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital.

Banks are subject to prohibitions on certain tying arrangements. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective Action

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.

The Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC have substantially similar risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio guidelines for banking organizations. The guidelines are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Under the guidelines, banking organizations are required to maintain minimum ratios for Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit). For purposes of calculating the ratios, a banking organization’s assets and some of its specified off-balance sheet commitments and obligations are assigned to various risk categories. A depository institution’s or holding company’s capital, in turn, is classified in tiers, depending on type:


•	Core Capital (Tier 1). Currently, Tier 1 capital includes common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual stock at the holding company level, minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated

PAGE 5


	subsidiaries, less goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets.

•	Supplementary Capital (Tier 2). Currently, Tier 2 capital includes, among other things, perpetual preferred stock not meeting the Tier 1 definition, qualifying mandatory convertible debt securities, qualifying subordinated debt, and allowances for loan and lease losses, subject to limitations.

Bank holding companies currently are required to maintain Tier 1 capital and “total capital” (the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) equal to at least 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively, of their total risk-weighted assets (including various off-balance-sheet items, such as standby letters of credit). National banks are required to maintain similar capital levels under capital adequacy guidelines. For a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its Tier 1 and total capital ratios must be at least 6.0% and 10.0% on a risk-adjusted basis, respectively. The elements currently comprising Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital and the minimum Tier 1 capital and total capital ratios may in the future be subject to change, as discussed in greater detail below.

Bank holding companies and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier 1 capital to its total adjusted quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes). The requirements necessitate a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% for financial holding companies and national banks that have the highest supervisory rating. All other financial holding companies and national banks are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum is specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. For a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%. The bank regulatory agencies have encouraged banking organizations, including healthy, well-run banking organizations, to operate with capital ratios substantially in excess of the stated ratios required to maintain “well capitalized” status. This has resulted from, among other things, current economic conditions, the global financial crisis and the likelihood, as described below, of increased formal capital requirements for banking organizations. In light of the foregoing, the Company and the bank expect that they will maintain capital ratios substantially in excess of these ratios.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDIA”), requires, among other things, the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA sets forth the following five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. The relevant capital measures are the total capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio.

Under the regulations adopted by the federal regulatory authorities, a bank will be: (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than that indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. As of December 31, 2009, the Company and the bank were “well capitalized,” based on the ratios and guidelines described above. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations, and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.

The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the

PAGE 6

depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such a capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.”

“Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

The federal regulatory authorities’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “BIS”). The BIS is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies that apply. In 2004, the BIS published a new capital accord to replace its 1988 capital accord, with an update in November 2005 (“BIS II”). BIS II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit-risk—an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances (which for many asset classes is itself broken into a “foundation” approach and an “advances or A-IRB” approach, the availability of which is subject to additional restrictions) and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines. BIS II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing requirements for market risk exposures.

The U.S. banking and thrift agencies are developing proposed revisions to their existing capital adequacy regulations and standards based on BIS II. In November 2007, the agencies adopted a definitive final rule for implementing BIS II in the United States that would apply only to internationally active banking organizations, or “core banks”—defined as those with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated on-balance-sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion or more. The final rule became effective as of April 1, 2008.

Other U.S. banking organizations may elect to adopt the requirements of this rule (if they meet applicable qualification requirements), but they will not be required to apply them. The rule also allows a banking organization’s primary federal supervisor to determine that the application of the rule would not be appropriate in light of the bank’s asset size, level of complexity, risk profile, or scope of operations. In July 2008, the agencies issued a proposed rule that would adopt the standardized approach of BIS II for credit risk, the basic indicator approach of BIS II for operational risk, and related disclosure requirements. While this proposed rule generally parallels the relevant approaches under BIS II, it diverges where United States markets have unique characteristics and risk profiles, most notably with respect to risk weighting residential mortgage exposures. Comments on the proposed rule were due to the agencies by October 27, 2008, but a definitive final rule has not been issued. The proposed rule, if adopted, would replace the agencies’ earlier proposed amendments to existing risk-based capital guidelines to make them more risk sensitive (formerly referred to as the “BIS I-A” approach). The Company is not required to comply with BIS II and has made a determination not to apply the BIS II requirements.

In response to concerns relating to capital adequacy of large financial institutions, the Federal Reserve Board implemented the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (the “SCAP”) under which all banking institutions with assets over $100 billion were required to undergo a comprehensive “stress test” to determine if they had sufficient capital to continue lending and to absorb losses that could result from a more severe decline in the economy than projected. The results of the stress test were announced on May 7, 2009. Sterling was not required to undergo the stress test pursuant to the SCAP. In connection with the SCAP, banking regulators began supplementing their assessment of the capital adequacy of a bank based on a variation of Tier 1 capital, known as Tier 1 common equity. While not codified, analysts and banking regulators have assessed banks’ capital adequacy using the tangible common stockholders’ equity and/or the Tier 1 common equity measure. Because tangible common stockholders’ equity and Tier 1 common equity are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations, these measures are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures.

On September 3, 2009, the U.S. Treasury issued a policy statement (the “Treasury Policy Statement”) entitled “Principles for Reforming the U.S. and International Regulatory Capital Framework for Banking Firms.” The Treasury Policy Statement was developed in consultation with the U.S. bank regulatory agencies and sets forth eight “core principles” intended to shape

PAGE 7

a new international capital accord. Six of the core principles relate directly to bank capital requirements. The Treasury Policy Statement contemplates changes to the existing regulatory capital regime that would involve substantial revisions to, if not replacement of, major parts of the BIS I and BIS II and affect all regulated banking organizations and other systemically important institutions. The Treasury Policy Statement repeatedly calls for higher and stronger capital requirements for bank and non-bank financial firms that are deemed to pose a risk to financial stability due to their combination of size, leverage, interconnectedness and liquidity risk.

The Treasury Policy Statement suggested that changes to the regulatory capital framework be phased in over a period of several years. The recommended schedule provides for a comprehensive international agreement by December 31, 2010, with the implementation of reforms by December 31, 2012, although it does remain possible that U.S. bank regulatory agencies could officially adopt, or informally implement, new capital standards at an earlier date.

Following the issuance of the Treasury Policy Statement, on December 17, 2009, the Basel committee issued a set of proposals (the “Capital Proposals”) that would significantly revise the definitions of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, with the most significant changes being to Tier 1 capital. Most notably, the Capital Proposals would disqualify certain structured capital instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital status. The Capital Proposals would also re-emphasize that common equity is the predominant component of Tier 1 capital by adding a minimum common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio and requiring that goodwill, general intangibles and certain other items that currently must be deducted from Tier 1 capital instead be deducted from common equity as a component of Tier 1 capital. The Capital Proposals also leave open the possibility that the Basel committee will recommend changes to the minimum Tier 1 capital and total capital ratios of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively.

Concurrently with the release of the Capital Proposals, the Basel committee also released a set of proposals related to liquidity risk exposure (the “Liquidity Proposals,” and together with the Capital Proposals, the “2009 Basel Committee Proposals”). The Liquidity Proposals have three key elements, including the implementation of (i) a “liquidity coverage ratio” designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high-quality assets sufficient to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario, (ii) a “net stable funding ratio” designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon, and (iii) a set of monitoring tools that the Basel committee indicates should be considered as the minimum types of information that banks should report to supervisors and that supervisors should use in monitoring the liquidity risk profiles of supervised entities.

Comments on the 2009 Basel Committee Proposals are due by April 16, 2010, with the expectation that the Basel committee will release a comprehensive set of proposals by December 31, 2010 and that final provisions will be implemented by December 31, 2012. The U.S. bank regulators have urged comment on the 2009 Basel Committee Proposals. Ultimate implementation of such proposals in the U.S. will be subject to the discretion of the U.S. bank regulators and the regulations or guidelines adopted by such agencies may, of course, differ from the 2009 Basel Committee Proposals and other proposals that the Basel committee may promulgate in the future.

Support of the Bank

The Federal Reserve Board has stated that a bank holding company should serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. As a result, the Federal Reserve Board may require the parent company to stand ready to use its resources to provide adequate capital funds to its banking subsidiaries during periods of financial stress or adversity. This support may be required at times by the Federal Reserve Board even though not expressly required by regulation and even though the parent company may not be in a financial position to provide such support. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. The BHCA provides that, in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment. Furthermore, under the National Bank Act, if the capital stock of the bank is impaired by losses or otherwise, the OCC is authorized to require payment of the deficiency by assessment upon the parent company. If the assessment is not paid within three months, the OCC could order a sale of the capital stock of the bank held by the parent company to make good the deficiency.

FDIC Insurance

The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. As of

PAGE 8

January 1, 2007, the previous nine risk categories utilized in the risk matrix were condensed into four risk categories which continue to be distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings.

The three capital categories are “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” and “undercapitalized.” These three categories are substantially the same as the prompt corrective action categories previously described, with the “undercapitalized” category including institutions that are “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized” for prompt corrective action purposes.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, which became law in 2006, the bank received a one-time assessment credit that can be applied against future premiums through 2010, subject to certain limitations. Any increase in insurance assessments could have an adverse impact on the earnings of insured institutions, including the bank. The bank paid a deposit insurance premium in 2009 amounting to $2.7 million.

In addition, the bank is required to make payments for the servicing of obligations of the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) issued in connection with the resolution of savings and loan associations, so long as such obligations remain outstanding. The bank paid a FICO assessment in 2009 amounting to $145 thousand. The FICO annualized assessment rate for the first quarter of 2010 is 1.06 cents per $100 of deposits.

The enactment of Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2009. The temporary increase in deposit insurance coverage became effective on October 3, 2008. On May 20, 2009, the FDIC announced that the temporary increase in the basic deposit insurance limit has been extended through December 31, 2013.

On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLG Program”). The TLG Program was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, preceded by the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Department of Treasury (after consultation with the President), as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector. Under the TLG Program the FDIC would (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009 and (ii) provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, NOW accounts paying less than 0.5%interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts held at participating FDIC-insured institutions through June 30, 2010. Although the deposit insurance program was originally scheduled to expire on December 31, 2009, the FDIC implemented a final rule, effective as of October 1, 2009, extending the transaction account guarantee program by six months until June 30, 2010 (subject to the option of participating institutions to opt out of such six-month extension). The bank did not choose to opt out of the six-month extension. Coverage under the TLG Program was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage is 10 basis points per annum on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000, payable quarterly. On December 5, 2008, the bank elected to participate in the deposit insurance program and declined, along with the parent company, to participate in the debt guarantee program.

On February 27, 2009, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to a restoration plan designed to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund over a period of five years and to increase the deposit insurance reserve ratio, which decreased to 0.40% (preliminary) of insured deposits on December 31, 2008, to the statutory minimum of 1.15% of insured deposits by December 31, 2013. In order to implement the restoration plan, the FDIC changed both its risk-based assessment system and its base assessment rates. For the first quarter of 2009 only, the FDIC increased all FDIC deposit assessment rates by 7 basis points. The increased rates resulted in annualized assessment rates for institutions in the lowest risk category (“Risk Category I institutions”) ranging from 12–14 basis points up to 50 basis point for the highest risk category (“Risk Category IV institutions”). In February 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule to amend the restoration plan and change the risk-based assessment system and set new assessment rates, and beginning April 1, 2009, the initial base assessment rates ranged from 12–16 basis points for Risk Category I institutions to 45 basis points for Risk Category IV institutions. The base assessment rates are subject to adjustments based upon the institution’s ratio of (i) long-term unsecured debt to its domestic deposits, (ii) secured liabilities to domestic deposits and (iii) brokered deposits to domestic deposits (if greater than 10%). The stated purpose of these changes to assessment rates was to make the assessment system more sensitive to risk and more fair by limiting the subsidization of riskier institutions by safer institutions. In addition, on February 27, 2009, the FDIC adopted an interim

PAGE 9

rule that imposed an emergency special assessment rate of 20 basis points based on June 30, 2009 deposits, payable by all insured depository institutions on September 30, 2009, in addition to the base assessment rate changes described above. The FDIC may impose additional special assessments of up to 10 basis points thereafter if the deposit insurance reserve ratio falls. In May 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that imposed a 5 basis point special assessment on each institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital (as of June 30, 2009). Such special assessment was collected on September 30, 2009. In October 2009, the FDIC passed a final rule extending the term of the restoration plan to eight years. Such final rule also included a provision that implements a uniform 3 basis point increase in assessment rates, effective January 1, 2011, to help ensure that the reserve ratio returns to at least 1.15% within the eight year period called for by the restoration plan. The FDIC will, at least semi-annually, update its income and loss projections for the Deposit Insurance Fund and, if necessary to bring the fund’s reserve ratio back to at least 1.15% by the end of the eight year period of the restoration plan, propose rules to further increase assessment rates. Changes to the risk-based assessment system includes increasing premiums for excessive use of secured liabilities, including Federal Home Loan Bank advances, lowering premiums for smaller institutions with very high capital levels, and adding financial ratios and debt issuer ratings to the premium calculations for banks with over $10 billion in assets, while providing a reduction for their unsecured debt. In addition, on November 17, 2009, the FDIC implemented a final rule requiring insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. Such prepaid assessments were collected by the FDIC on December 30, 2009, along with each institution’s quarterly risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009 (assuming 5% annual growth in deposits between the third quarter of 2009 and the end of 2012 and taking into account, for 2011 and 2012, the annualized 3 basis point increase referred to in the following paragraph). The FDIC will begin to draw down an institution’s prepaid assessments on March 30, 2010, representing payment for the regular quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009. Either an increase in the Risk Category of the bank or adjustments to the base assessment rates could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC.

In its resolution of the problems of an insured depository institution in default or in danger of default, the FDIC is generally required to satisfy its obligations to insured depositors at the least possible cost to the Deposit Insurance Fund. In addition, the FDIC may not take any action that would have the effect of increasing the losses to the deposit insurance fund by protecting depositors for more than the insured portion of deposits or creditors other than depositors.

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008

In response to unprecedented market turmoil during the third quarter of 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 was enacted on October 3, 2008. EESA authorizes the U.S. Treasury to provide up to $700 billion to support the financial services industry. Pursuant to the EESA, the U.S. Treasury was initially authorized to use $350 billion for the Troubled Asset Relief Program. Of this amount, the U.S. Treasury allocated $250 billion to the TARP Capital Purchase Program. On January 15, 2009, the second $350 billion of TARP monies was released to the U.S. Treasury. The Secretary’s authority under TARP was to expire on December 31, 2009, unless the Secretary certifies to Congress that extension is necessary provided that his authority may not extend beyond October 3, 2010. On December 9, 2009, the Secretary sent such a letter to the Congress, extending his authority under the TARP through October 3, 2010.

Pursuant to authority under EESA, the U.S. Treasury created the TARP Capital Purchase Program under which the U.S. Treasury will invest up to $250 billion in senior preferred stock of U.S. banks and savings associations or their holding companies. Qualifying financial institutions may issue senior preferred stock with a value equal to not less than 1% of risk-weighted assets and not more than the lesser of $25 billion or 3% of risk-weighted assets. The preferred stock will pay dividends at the rate of 5% per annum until the fifth anniversary of the investment and thereafter at the rate of 9% per annum. No dividends may be paid on common stock unless dividends have been paid on the senior preferred stock. Until the third anniversary of the issuance of the senior preferred, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for any increase in the dividends on common stock or for any stock repurchases unless the senior preferred has been redeemed in its entirety or the U.S. Treasury has transferred the senior preferred to third parties. The senior preferred will not have voting rights

PAGE 10

other than the right to vote as a class on the issuance of any preferred stock ranking senior, any change in its terms or any merger, exchange or similar transaction that would adversely affect its rights. The senior preferred will also have the right to elect two directors if dividends have not been paid for six periods. The senior preferred will be freely transferable and participating institutions will be required to file a shelf registration statement covering the senior preferred. The issuing institution must grant the U.S. Treasury piggyback registration rights. Prior to issuance, the financial institution and its senior executive officers must modify or terminate all benefit plans and arrangements to comply with EESA. Senior executives must also waive any claims against the U.S. Treasury.

In connection with the issuance of the senior preferred, participating institutions must issue to the U.S. Treasury immediately exercisable 10-year warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the amount of senior preferred. The exercise price of the warrants will equal the market price of the common stock on the date of the investment. The U.S. Treasury may only exercise or transfer one-half of the warrants prior to the earlier of December 31, 2009 or the date the issuing financial institution has received proceeds equal to the senior preferred investment from one or more offerings of common or preferred stock qualifying as Tier 1 capital. The U.S. Treasury will not exercise voting rights with respect to any shares of common stock acquired through exercise of the warrants. The financial institution must file a shelf registration statement covering the warrants and underlying common stock as soon as practicable after issuance and grant piggyback registration rights.

On December 23, 2008, the parent company issued preferred shares and a warrant to purchase its common shares to the U.S. Treasury as a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The amount of capital raised in that transaction was $42 million, approximately three percent of the Company’s risk-weighted assets. Prior to December 23, 2011, unless the parent company has redeemed all such preferred shares or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all such preferred shares to a third party, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for us to, among other things, increase the dividend on the parent company’s common shares above a quarterly cash dividend of $0.19 per share or repurchase our common shares or outstanding preferred shares except in limited circumstances. Sterling filed a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the preferred stock, the warrant and underlying common stock, as required under the terms of the TARP investment, on January 22, 2009. The registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on April 13, 2009.

In addition, until the U.S. Treasury ceases to own any of the Company’s securities sold under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the compensation arrangements for our senior executive officers must comply in all respects with EESA and the rules and regulations there under. In compliance with such requirements, each of our senior executive officers in December 2008 agreed in writing to accept the compensation standards in existence at that time under the TARP Capital Purchase Program and thereby cap or eliminate some of their contractual or legal rights. The provisions agreed to were as follows:


•	No Golden Parachute Payments. “Golden parachute payment” under the TARP Capital Purchase Program means a severance payment resulting from involuntary termination of employment, or from bankruptcy of the employer, that exceeds three times the terminated employee’s average base salary over the five years prior to termination. Our senior executive officers have agreed to forgo all golden parachute payments for as long as two conditions remain true: They remain “senior executive officers” (CEO, CFO and the next three highest-paid executive officers), and the U.S. Treasury continues to hold our equity securities the parent company issued to it under the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds those securities is the “CPP Covered Period”).

•	Recovery of Bonus and Incentive Compensation if Based on Certain Material Inaccuracies. Our senior executive officers have also agreed to a “clawback provision,” which means that the parent company can recover incentive compensation paid during the CPP Covered Period that is later found to have been based on materially inaccurate financial statements or other materially inaccurate measurements of performance.

•	No Compensation Arrangements That Encourage Excessive Risks. During the CPP Covered Period, the parent company is not allowed to enter into or maintain compensation arrangements that encourage senior executive officers to take “unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value” of the Company. To make sure this does not happen, our Compensation Committee is required to meet at least once a year with our senior risk officer to review our executive compensation arrangements in the light of our risk management policies and practices. Our senior risk officer will, if required to, review our executive compensation arrangements in light of our risk management policies and practices. Our senior executive officers’ written agreements include their obligation to execute whatever documents the parent company may require in order to make any changes in compensation arrangements resulting from the Compensation Committee’s review.

PAGE 11


•	Limit on Federal Income Tax Deductions. During the CPP Covered Period, the parent company is not allowed to take federal income tax deductions for compensation paid to senior executive officers in excess of $500 thousand per year, with certain exceptions that do not apply to our senior executive officers.

See “Liquidity Risk” beginning on page 54 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT” for a further discussion of our participation in the U.S. Treasury TARP Capital Purchase Program.

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009

On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) into law. ARRA modified the compensation-related limitations contained in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, created additional compensation-related limitations and directed the Secretary of the Treasury to establish standards for executive compensation applicable to participants in TARP, regardless of when participation commenced. Thus, the newly enacted compensation-related limitations are applicable to the Company and to the extent the U.S. Treasury may implement these restrictions unilaterally the Company will apply these provisions. The provisions may be retroactive. The compensation-related limitations applicable to the Company which have been added or modified by ARRA are as follows, which provisions must be included in standards established by the U.S. Treasury:


•	No Severance Payments. Under ARRA “golden parachutes” were redefined as any severance payment resulting from involuntary termination of employment, or from bankruptcy of the employer, except for payments for services performed or benefits accrued. Consequently under ARRA the Company is prohibited from making any severance payment to our “senior executive officers” (defined in ARRA as the five highest paid executive officers) and our next five most highly compensated employees during the CPP Covered Period.

•	Recovery of Incentive Compensation if Based on Certain Material Inaccuracies. ARRA also contains the “clawback provision” discussed above but extends its application to any bonus or retention awards and other incentive compensation paid to any of our senior executive officers or next 20 most highly compensated employees during the CPP Covered Period that is later found to have been based on materially inaccurate financial statements or other materially inaccurate measurements of performance.

•	No Compensation Arrangements That Encourage Earnings Manipulation. Under ARRA, during the CPP Covered Period, the parent company is not allowed to enter into compensation arrangements that encourage manipulation of the reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of any of our employees.

•	Limits on Incentive Compensation. ARRA contains a provision that prohibits the payment or accrual of any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation to any of our 5 most highly compensated employees during the CPP Covered Period other than awards of long-term restricted stock that (i) do not fully vest during the CPP Coverage Period, (ii) have a value not greater than one-third of the total annual compensation of the awardee and (iii) are subject to such other restrictions as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury. The prohibition on bonus, incentive compensation and retention awards does not preclude payments required under written employment contracts entered into on or prior to February 11, 2009.

•	Compensation Committee Functions. ARRA requires that our Compensation Committee be comprised solely of independent directors and that it meet at least semiannually to discuss and evaluate our employee compensation plans in light of an assessment of any risk posed to us from such compensation plans.

•	Compliance Certifications. ARRA also requires a written certification by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of our compliance with the provisions of ARRA. These certifications must be contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and any subsequent year during the Capital Purchase Plan Covered Period the relevant U.S. Treasury regulations are issued.

•	Treasury Review of Excessive Bonuses Previously Paid. ARRA directs the Secretary of the Treasury to review all compensation paid to our senior executive officers and our next 20 most highly compensated employees to determine whether any such payments were inconsistent with the purposes of ARRA or were otherwise contrary to the public interest. If the Secretary of the Treasury makes such a finding, the Secretary of the Treasury is directed to negotiate with the TARP Capital Purchase Program recipient and the subject employee for appropriate reimbursements to the federal government with respect to the compensation and bonuses.

•	Say on Pay. Under ARRA the SEC promulgated rules requiring a non-binding say on pay vote by the shareholders on executive compensation at the annual meeting during the CPP Covered Period.

ARRA also provides that the U.S. Treasury, after consultation with the Company’s federal regulator, permit the Company at any time to redeem our Series A Preferred Shares at liquidation value. Upon such redemption, the warrant to purchase the parent company’s common stock that was issued to the

PAGE 12

U.S. Treasury would also be repurchased at its then current fair value.

On June 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury issued guidance on the compensation and corporate governance standards that apply to TARP recipients, as summarized below:


•	Bonuses accrued or paid before the effective date of the rule adopted by the U.S. Treasury are not subject to the rule’s bonus payment limitation. In addition, separation pay for departures that occurred before receipt of TARP assistance also is not subject to the limits of the rule (even if payments continue to be made after effectiveness).

•	The term “most highly compensated employees” covers all employees, not only executive officers or other policy makers. The determination of the most highly compensated employees is based on annual compensation for the prior year calculated in accordance with SEC disclosure rules.

•	The rule permits salary paid in property, including stock, so long as it is based on a dollar amount (not a number of shares), is fully vested and accrues as cash salary would. The rule also permits salary paid in stock units in respect of shares of the TARP recipient, or subsidiaries or divisions of the TARP recipient (though not below the subsidiary or division for which the employee directly provides services). Holding periods also are permitted.

•	Commission payments for sales, brokerage and asset management services for unrelated customers will not be subject to the bonus restrictions, but only if they are consistent with an existing plan of the TARP recipient in effect before February 17, 2009.

•	The rule imposes a restrictive set of “best practices” on TARP recipients: (i) the five senior executive officers and the next 20 most highly compensated employees may not receive any tax “gross-up” payment of any kind, including payments to cover taxes due on company-provided benefits or separation payments; (ii) the prohibition on separation payments to the five senior executive officers and the next five most highly compensated employees is extended to payments in connection with a change in control; (iii) the compensation committee must review all employee compensation plans every six months for unnecessary risk and provide an expanded certification including narrative disclosure of its analysis and conclusions; (iv) TARP recipients must exercise their clawback rights unless doing so would be unreasonable; and (v) TARP recipients must adopt a policy reasonably designed to eliminate excessive or luxury expenditures.

•	An institution will not become subject to the compensation standards merely as a result of acquiring a TARP recipient. In addition, if an acquiror is not subject to the standards immediately after the transaction, any employees of the acquiror (including former employees of the TARP recipient who become acquiror employees as a result of the transaction) will not be subject to the standards.

•	The “TARP period” during which the compensation standards apply ceases when the obligations arising from financial assistance cease and specifically excludes any period when the only outstanding obligation of a TARP recipient consists of U.S. Treasury warrants to purchase common stock.

Comprehensive Financial Stability Plan of 2009

On February 10, 2009, the Treasury Secretary announced a new comprehensive financial stability plan (the “Financial Stability Plan”), which earmarked the second $350 billion of unused funds originally authorized under the EESA.

The major elements of the Financial Stability Plan included: (i) a capital assistance program that has invested in convertible preferred stock of certain qualifying institutions, (ii) a consumer and business lending initiative to fund new consumer loans, small business loans and commercial mortgage asset-backed securities issuances, (iii) a public/private investment fund intended to leverage public and private capital with public financing to purchase up to $500 billion to $1 trillion of legacy “toxic assets” from financial institutions, and (iv) assistance for homeowners by providing up to $75 billion to reduce mortgage payments and interest rates and establishing loan modification guidelines for government and private programs.

Regulatory Reform

In June 2009, the Obama administration proposed a wide range of regulatory reforms that, if enacted, may have significant effects on the financial services industry in the United States. Significant aspects of the Obama administration’s proposals included, among other things, proposals (i) that any financial firm whose combination of size, leverage and interconnectedness could pose a threat to financial stability be subject to certain enhanced regulatory requirements, (ii) that federal bank regulators require loan originators or sponsors to retain part of the credit risk of securitized exposures, (iii) that there be increased regulation of broker-dealers and investment advisers, (iv) for the creation of a federal consumer financial protection agency that would, among other things, be charged with applying consistent regulations to similar products (such as imposing certain notice and consent requirements on consumer overdraft lines of credit), (v) that there be comprehensive regulation of OTC derivatives, (vi) that the controls on the ability of banking institutions to engage in transactions with affiliates be tightened, and (vii) that financial holding companies be required to be “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” on a consolidated basis.

The Congress, state lawmaking bodies and federal and state regulatory agencies continue to consider a number of wide-ranging and comprehensive proposals for altering the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions, including rules and regulations related to the broad range of reform proposals set forth by the Obama

PAGE 13

administration described above. Separate comprehensive financial reform bills intended to address the proposals set forth by the Obama administration were introduced in both houses of Congress in the second half of 2009 and remain under review by both the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate. In addition, both the U.S. Treasury Department and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) have issued policy statements regarding proposed significant changes to the regulatory capital framework applicable to banking organizations.

We cannot predict whether or in what form further legislation and/or regulations may be adopted or the extent to which Sterling’s business may be affected thereby.

Incentive Compensation

On October 22, 2009, the Federal Reserve Board issued a comprehensive proposal on incentive compensation policies (the “Incentive Compensation Proposal”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Incentive Compensation Proposal, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. The Incentive Compensation Proposal also contemplates a detailed review by the Federal Reserve Board of the incentive compensation policies and practices of a number of “large, complex banking organizations.” Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The Incentive Compensation Proposal provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. In addition, on January 12, 2010, the FDIC announced that it would seek public comment on whether banks with compensation plans that encourage risky behavior should be charged at higher deposit assessment rates than such banks would otherwise be charged.

The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the near future. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the ability of Sterling and its subsidiaries to hire, retain and motivate its and their key employees.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions

The FDIA provides that a depository institution insured by the FDIC can be held liable by the FDIC for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, in connection with the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or in connection with any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled institution “in danger of default” (as defined in the FDIA).

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the CRA and are assigned ratings. In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHCA, or to acquire any company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA. Furthermore, banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when considering approval of a proposed transaction.

Financial Privacy

In accordance with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third

PAGE 14

party. The privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA Patriot Act

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply to various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions such as the Company. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including the imposition of enforcement actions and civil monetary penalties.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These sanctions, which are administered by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (for example, property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal, financial and reputational consequences.

Legislative Initiatives

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

As a result of the continued volatility and instability in the financial system, the Congress, the bank regulatory authorities and other government agencies have called for or proposed additional regulation and restrictions on the activities, practices and operations of banks and their holding companies. The Congress and the federal banking agencies have broad authority to require all banks and holding companies to adhere to more rigorous or costly operating procedures, corporate governance procedures, or to engage in activities or practices which they would not otherwise elect. Any such requirement could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Federal banking agencies promulgate safety and soundness standards relating to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees, and benefits. With respect to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, the standards describe the functions that adequate internal controls and information systems must be able to perform, including: (i) monitoring adherence to prescribed policies; (ii) effective risk management; (iii) timely and accurate financial, operations, and regulatory reporting; (iv) safeguarding and managing assets; and (v) compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The standards also include requirements that: (i) those performing internal audits be qualified and independent; (ii) internal controls and information systems be tested and reviewed; (iii) corrective actions be adequately documented; and (iv) results of an audit be made available for review of management actions. In addition, federal banking agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance

PAGE 15

plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Consequences of Incompliance with Supervision or Regulation

Federal banking law grants substantial enforcement powers to federal banking regulators. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.

The bank and its “institution-affiliated parties,” including its management, employees, agents, independent contractors, consultants such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the financial institution’s affairs, are subject to potential civil and criminal penalties for violations of law, regulations or written orders of a government agency. In addition, regulators are provided with greater flexibility to commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties. Possible enforcement actions include the termination of deposit insurance. Furthermore, banking agencies’ power to issue cease-and-desist orders were expanded. Such orders may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts, or take other actions as determined by the ordering agency to be appropriate.

Under provisions of the federal securities laws, a determination by a court or regulatory agency that certain violations have occurred at a company or its affiliates can result in fines, restitution, a limitation of permitted activities, disqualification to continue to conduct certain activities and an inability to rely on certain favorable exemptions. Certain types of infractions and violations can also affect a public company in its timing and ability to expeditiously issue new securities into the capital markets. In addition, engaging in activities of a broker-dealer generally requires approval of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and regulators may take into account a variety of considerations in acting upon such applications, including internal controls, capital, management experience and quality, prior enforcement and disciplinary history and supervisory concerns.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED STATISTICAL INFORMATION


I.	Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential

The information appears on pages 51 and 52 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”


II.	Investment Portfolio

A summary of the Company’s investment securities by type with related carrying values at the end of each of the three most recent fiscal years appears beginning on page 41 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.” Information regarding book values and range of maturities by type of security and weighted average yields for totals of each category appears on pages 43 and 44 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”


III.	Loan Portfolio

A table setting forth the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, net of unearned discounts, at the end of each of the five most recent fiscal years appears beginning on page 44 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

A table setting forth the maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the Company’s commercial and industrial loans at December 31, 2009 appears on page 45 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

It is the policy of the Company to consider all customer requests for extensions of original maturity dates (rollovers), whether in whole or in part, as though each was an application for a new loan subject to standard approval criteria, including credit evaluation. Additional information appears under “Loan Portfolio” beginning on page 44 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” and under “Loans” in Note 1 and in Note 6 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

A table setting forth the aggregate amount of domestic non-accrual, past due and restructured loans of the Company at the end of each of the five most recent fiscal years appears

PAGE 16

on page 46 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS”; there were no foreign loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis. Information regarding loans that have undergone a troubled debt restructuring and impaired loans is presented under “Allowance for Loan Losses” in Note 7 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Loan concentration information is presented in Note 6 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Information regarding Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock is presented in Note 8 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


IV.	Summary of Loan Loss Experience

A summary of loan loss experience appears in Note 7 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and beginning on page 45 under “Asset Quality” in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.” A table setting forth certain information with respect to the Company’s loan loss experience for each of the five most recent fiscal years appears on page 48 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

The Company considers its allowance for loan losses to be adequate based upon the size and risk characteristics of the outstanding loan portfolio at December 31, 2009. Net losses within the loan portfolio are not, however, statistically predictable and are subject to various external factors that are beyond the control of the Company. Consequently, changes in conditions in the next twelve months could result in future provisions for loan losses varying from the provision recorded in 2009.

A table presenting the Company’s allocation of the allowance at the end of each of the five most recent fiscal years appears on page 49 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.” This allocation is based on estimates by management that may vary based on management’s evaluation of the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The amount allocated to a particular loan category may not necessarily be indicative of actual future charge-offs in that loan category.


V.	Deposits

Average deposits and average rates paid for each of the three most recent years are presented on page 51 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

Outstanding time certificates of deposit issued from domestic and foreign offices and interest expense on domestic and foreign deposits are presented in Note 10 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The table providing selected information with respect to the Company’s deposits for each of the three most recent fiscal years appears on page 50 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

Interest expense for the three most recent fiscal years is presented in Note 10 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


VI.	Return on Assets and Equity

The Company’s returns on average total assets and average shareholders’ equity, dividend payout ratio and average shareholders’ equity to average total assets for each of the five most recent years is presented in “SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA” on page 32.


VII.	Short-Term Borrowings

Balance and rate data for significant categories of the Company’s short-term borrowings for each of the three most recent years is presented in Note 11 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

INFORMATION AVAILABLE ON OUR WEB SITE

The Company’s Internet address is www.sterlingbancorp.com and the investor relations section of our web site is located at www.sterlingbancorp.com/ir/investor.cfm. The Company makes available free of charge, on or through the investor relations section of the Company’s web site, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC.

Also posted on the Company’s web site, and available in print upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department, are the Charters for our Board of Directors’ Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Method for Interested Persons to Communicate with Non-Management Directors, our policy on excessive or luxury expenditures and a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our directors, officers and employees. Within the time period required by the SEC and the NYSE, the Company will post on our web site any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver applicable to our senior financial officers, as defined in the Code, or our executive officers or directors. In addition, information concerning purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors is posted on our

PAGE 17

web site. The contents of the Company’s web site are not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in the parent company’s common stock is subject to risks inherent to the Company’s business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on, or that management currently deems immaterial, may also impair the Company’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

If any of the following risks adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations, the value of the parent company’s common stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS

The Company’s Business May Be Adversely Affected by Conditions in the Financial Markets and Economic Conditions Generally

Since December 2007, the United States has experienced a recession and a slowing of economic activity. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions is greatly reduced, and local governments and many businesses are in serious difficulty, due to the lack of consumer spending and the lack of liquidity in the credit markets. Unemployment has increased significantly.

Since mid-2007, and particularly during the second half of 2008 and the first half of 2009, the financial services industry and the securities markets generally were materially and adversely affected by significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a serious lack of liquidity. This was initially triggered by declines in home prices and the values of subprime mortgages, but spread to all mortgage and real estate asset classes, to leveraged bank loans and to nearly all asset classes, including equities. The global markets have been characterized by substantially increased volatility and short selling and an overall loss of investor confidence, initially in financial institutions, but more recently in companies in a number of other industries and in the broader markets.

Market conditions have also led to the failure or merger of a number of prominent financial institutions. Financial institution failures or near-failures have resulted in further losses as a consequence of defaults on securities issued by them and defaults under contracts entered into with such entities as counterparties. Furthermore, declining asset values, defaults on mortgages and consumer loans, and the lack of market and investor confidence, as well as other factors, have all combined to increase credit default swap spreads, to cause rating agencies to lower credit ratings, and to otherwise increase the cost of and decrease the availability of liquidity, despite very significant declines in Federal Reserve borrowing rates and other government actions. Some banks and other lenders have suffered significant losses and have become reluctant to lend, even on a secured basis, due to the increased risk of default and the impact of declining asset values on the value of collateral. The foregoing has significantly weakened the strength and liquidity of some financial institutions worldwide. In 2008 and 2009, the U.S. Government, the Federal Reserve and other regulators took numerous steps to increase liquidity and to restore investor confidence, including investing approximately $200 billion in the equity of other banking organizations, but asset values have continued to decline and access to liquidity continues to be very limited.

Although the rate of increase in unemployment and the rate of decline in housing prices have slowed and the consumer spending and liquidity in the credit markets have been somewhat improved towards the end of 2009, the economic slowdown generally continues and there can be no assurance such indicia of recovery would herald any prolonged period of economic recovery and growth in 2010.

The Company’s financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay the principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets where the Company operates, in the New York metropolitan area and in the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, high business and investor confidence, and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by: declines in economic growth, business activity, or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; natural disasters; or a combination of these or other factors. Overall, during 2009, the business environment was adverse for many households and businesses in the United States and worldwide. The business environment in the New York metropolitan area, the United States and worldwide may continue to deteriorate for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that these conditions

PAGE 18

will improve in the near term. Such conditions could adversely affect the credit quality of the Company’s loans, results of operations and financial condition.

Improvements in Economic Indicators Disproportionately Affecting the Financial Services Industry May Lag Improvements in the General Economy

Should the stabilization of the U.S. economy lead to a general economic recovery, the improvement of certain economic indicators, such as unemployment and real estate asset values and rents, may nevertheless continue to lag behind the overall economy. These economic indicators typically affect certain industries, such as real estate and financial services, more significantly. For example, improvements in commercial real estate fundamentals typically lag broad economic recovery by 12 to 18 months. The Company’s clients include entities active in these industries. Furthermore, financial services companies with a substantial lending business are dependent upon the ability of their borrowers to make debt service payments on loans. Should unemployment or real estate asset values fail to recover for an extended period of time, the Company could be adversely affected.

The Company Is Subject to Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest the Company receives on loans and securities and the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) the Company’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the average duration of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Company’s net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.

Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on the Company’s results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. For further discussion related to the Company’s management of interest rate risk, see “ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT” beginning on page 53 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

The Company Is Subject to Lending Risk

There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s lending activities. These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the markets where the Company operates as well as those throughout the United States. Increases in interest rates and/or continued weakening economic conditions could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing these loans. The Company is also subject to various laws and regulations that affect its lending activities. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject the Company to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment of significant civil money penalties against the Company. In addition, under various laws and regulations relating to mortgage lending and terms of various agreements the Company is a party to, the Company may be required to repurchase loans or indemnify loan purchasers as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, borrower fraud, or certain borrower defaults.

As of December 31, 2009, approximately 68.6% of the Company’s loan portfolio consisted of commercial and industrial, factored receivables, construction and commercial real estate loans. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or consumer loans. These types of loans are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans. Because the Company’s loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and industrial, construction and commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Further, if repurchase and indemnity demands with respect to the Company’s loan portfolio increase, its liquidity, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected. For further discussion related to commercial and industrial, construction and commercial real estate loans, see “Loan Portfolio” beginning on

PAGE 19

page 44 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

The Company’s Allowance for Loan Losses May Be Insufficient

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires the Company to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Continuing deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside the Company’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, the Company will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. For further discussion related to the Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, see “Asset Quality” beginning on page 45 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

The Company May Not Be Able to Meet the Cash Flow Requirements of Its Depositors and Borrowers or Meet Its Operating Cash Needs to Fund Corporate Expansion and Other Activities

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost. The liquidity of the bank is used to make loans and leases and to repay deposit liabilities as they become due or are demanded by customers. Liquidity policies and limits are established by the board of directors. The overall liquidity position of the bank and the parent company are regularly monitored to ensure that various alternative strategies exist to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. Funding sources include Federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and non-core deposits. The bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, which provides funding through advances to members that are collateralized with mortgage-related assets. The Company maintains a portfolio of securities that can be used as a secondary source of liquidity. The bank also can borrow through the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window.

If the Company is unable to access any of these funding sources when needed, we might be unable to meet customers’ needs, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and level of regulatory-qualifying capital. For further discussion, see “Liquidity Risk” beginning on page 54 in “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

The Parent Company Relies on Dividends from Its Subsidiaries

The parent company is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. It receives dividends from its subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on the parent company’s common stock and interest and principal on its debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries may pay to the parent company. Also, the parent company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event the bank is unable to pay dividends to the parent company, the parent company may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on the parent company’s common stock. The inability of the parent company to receive dividends from the bank could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. See “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION” on pages 3–16 and Note 18 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company May Need to Raise Additional Capital in the Future and Such Capital May Not Be Available When Needed or at All

The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide it with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet its commitments and business needs, particularly if its asset quality or earnings were to deteriorate significantly. The Company’s ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of the Company’s control, and the Company’s financial performance. Economic conditions and the loss of confidence in financial institutions

PAGE 20

may increase the Company’s cost of funding and limit access to certain customary sources of capital, including inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window.

The Company cannot assure that such capital will be available on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit the Company’s access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of the bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets, or a downgrade of the parent company or the bank’s ratings, may adversely affect the Company’s capital costs and its ability to raise capital and, in turn, its liquidity. Moreover, if the Company needs to raise capital in the future, it may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital and would have to compete with those institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

The Parent Company’s Agreements with the U.S. Treasury Impose Restrictions and Obligations on Us that Limits Our ability to Increase Dividends, Repurchase the Parent Company’s Common Stock or Preferred Shares and Access the Equity Capital Markets

In December 2008, the parent company issued preferred shares and a warrant to purchase our common shares to the U.S. Treasury as part of its TARP Capital Purchase Program. Prior to December 23, 2011, unless we have redeemed all the preferred shares or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all the preferred shares to a third party, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for us to, among other things, increase the dividend on our common shares or repurchase our common shares or other preferred shares (with certain exceptions, including the repurchase of our common shares to offset share dilution from equity-based employee compensation awards). The parent company has also granted registration rights and offering facilitation rights to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which the parent company has agreed to lock-up periods during which we would be unable to issue equity securities. In addition, unless we are able to redeem the preferred stock prior to December 24, 2013, the dividends on the preferred stock will increase substantially, from 5% to 9%. Depending on market conditions at the time, this increase in dividends could significantly impact our liquidity.

Negative Perceptions Associated with the Company’s Continued Participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program May Adversely Affect Its Ability to Retain Customers, Attract Investors and Compete for New Business Opportunities

Several financial institutions which participated in the TARP Capital Purchase Program received approval from the U.S. Treasury to exit the program during the second half of 2009. These institutions have, or are in the process of, repurchasing the preferred stock and repurchasing or auctioning the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the program. The Company has not yet requested the U.S. Treasury’s approval to repurchase the preferred stock and warrant from the U.S. Treasury. In order to repurchase one or both securities, in whole or in part, the Company must establish that it has satisfied all of the conditions to repurchase and must obtain the approval of the U.S. Treasury. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to repurchase these securities from the U.S. Treasury. The Company’s customers, employees and counterparties in its current and future business relationships may draw negative implications regarding the strength of the Company as a financial institution based on its continued participation in the program following the exit of one or more of its competitors or other financial institutions. Any such negative perceptions may impair the Company’s ability to effectively compete with other financial institutions for business or to retain high performing employees. If this were to occur, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected, perhaps materially.

The Company Is Subject to a Variety of Operational Risks, Including Reputational Risk, Legal and Compliance Risk, the Risk of Fraud or Theft by Employees or Outsiders

The Company is exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. Negative public opinion can result from its actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect its ability to attract and keep customers and can expose the Company to litigation and regulatory action. Actual or alleged conduct by the Company can result in negative public opinion about its other business. Negative public opinion could also affect its credit ratings, which are important to its access to unsecured wholesale borrowings.

Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. The Company’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process its transaction volume may further increase the risk that technical flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. The Company also may be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from

PAGE 21

events that are wholly or partially beyond its control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. The Company is further exposed to the risk that its external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as the Company is) and to the risk that its (or its vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in a diminished ability of the Company to operate its business, potential liability to clients, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially.

The Company Relies on Other Companies to Provide Key Components of Its Business Infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure, for example, system support, and Internet connections and network access. While the Company has selected these third party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including those resulting from their failure to provide services for any reason or their poor performance of services, could adversely affect its ability to deliver products and services to its customers and otherwise conduct its business. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.

The Company Is Subject to Environmental Liability Risk Associated with Lending Activities

A portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expense and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. Future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s exposure to environmental liability. Although the Company has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s Profitability Depends Significantly on Local and Overall Economic Conditions

The Company’s success depends significantly on the economic conditions of the communities it serves and the general economic conditions of the United States. The Company has operations in New York City and the New York metropolitan area, and conducts business in Virginia and other mid-Atlantic states, and throughout the United States. The economic conditions in these areas and throughout the United States have a significant impact on the demand for the Company’s products and services as well as the ability of the Company’s customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of the Company’s deposit funding sources. In the United States generally, these conditions have been declining and may continue to decline. A significant decline in general economic conditions, whether caused by recession, inflation, unemployment, changes in securities markets, acts of terrorism, outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic occurrences, acts of God or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company May Be Adversely Affected by the Soundness of Other Financial Institutions

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit, or derivative, if any, exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Severe Weather, Natural Disasters or Other Acts of God, Acts of War or Terrorism and Other External Events Could Significantly Impact the Company’s Business

Severe weather, natural disasters or other acts of God, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of the Company’s deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause the Company to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster

PAGE 22

recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Operates in a Highly Competitive Industry and Market Area

The Company faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional, and community banks within the various markets the Company operates. Additionally, various out-of-state banks have entered the market areas in which the Company currently operates. The Company also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of the Company’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than the Company does.

The Company’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:


•	The ability to develop, maintain and build upon customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets.

•	The ability to expand the Company’s market position.

•	The scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands.

•	The rate at which the Company introduces new products and services relative to its competitors.

•	Customer satisfaction with the Company’s level of service.

•	Industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken the Company’s competitive position, which could adversely affect the Company’s growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Is Subject to Extensive Government Regulation and Supervision

The Company, primarily through the parent company and the bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries, is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. It is likely that there will be significant changes to the banking and financial institutions’ regulatory regimes in the near future in light of the recent performance of and government intervention in the financial services sector. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject the Company to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Company may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur. See “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION” on pages 3–16.

Increases in FDIC Insurance Premiums May Adversely Affect the Company’s Earnings

During 2008 and 2009, higher levels of bank failures have dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC and depleted the Deposit Insurance Fund. In addition, the FDIC instituted two temporary programs to further insure customer deposits at FDIC insured banks: deposit accounts are currently insured up to $250,000 per customer (up from $100,000) and non-interest bearing transactional accounts at institutions participating in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program are currently fully insured (unlimited coverage). These programs have placed additional stress on the Deposit Insurance Fund.

In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC has increased assessment rates of insured institutions. In addition,

PAGE 23

on November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule requiring banks to prepay three years’ worth of premiums to replenish the depleted fund.

The Company is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that it is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures the Company may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. Further, on January 12, 2010, the FDIC requested comments on a proposed rule tying assessment rates of FDIC-insured institutions to the institution’s employee compensation programs. The exact requirements of such a rule are not yet known, but such a rule could increase the amount of premiums the Company must pay for FDIC insurance. These announced increases and any future increases or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely impact its earnings.

Legislative and Regulatory Actions Taken Now or in the Future May Have a Significant Adverse Effect on the Company’s Operations

Recent events in the financial services industry and, more generally, in the financial markets and the economy, have led to various proposals for changes in the regulation of the financial services industry. Earlier in 2009, legislation proposing significant structural reforms to the financial services industry was introduced in the Congress. Among other things, the legislation proposes the establishment of a Consumer Financial Protection Agency, which would have broad authority to regulate providers of credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services. Additional legislative proposals call for heightened scrutiny and regulation of any financial firm whose combination of size, leverage, and interconnectedness could, if it failed, pose a threat to the country’s financial stability, including the power to restrict the activities of such firms and even require the break-up of such firms at the behest of the relevant regulator. New rules have also been proposed for the securitization market, including requiring sponsors of securitizations to retain a material economic interest in the credit risk associated with the underlying securitization.

Other recent initiatives also include:


•	the Federal Reserve Board’s proposed guidance on incentive compensation policies at banking organizations and the FDIC’s proposed rules tying employee compensation to assessments for deposit insurance;

•	the Obama administration’s announcement of a proposed “Financial Crisis Responsibility Fee” for banks with greater than $50 billion in assets and the Obama administration’s proposed limits on the size and risks taken by large U.S. banks;

•	proposals to limit a lender’s ability to foreclose on mortgages or make such foreclosures less economically viable, including by allowing Chapter 13 bankruptcy plans to “cram down” the value of certain mortgages on a consumer’s principal residence to its market value and/or reset interest rates and monthly payments to permit defaulting debtors to remain in their home;

•	proposed legislation concerning the comprehensive regulation of the “over-the-counter” derivatives market, including robust and comprehensive prudential supervision (including strict capital and margin requirements) for all “over-the-counter” derivative dealers and major market participants and central clearing of standardized “over-the-counter” derivatives; and

•	the Obama administration’s fiscal year 2011 budget proposal, which includes imposition of a proposed “financial crisis responsibility fee” of approximately 15 basis point per annum on certain liabilities of large financial institutions for at least 10 years.

While there can be no assurance that any or all of these regulatory, administrative or legislative changes will ultimately be adopted, any such changes, if enacted or adopted, may impact the profitability of the Company’s business activities, require the Company changes certain of its business practices, require the Company to divest certain business lines, materially affect its business model or affect retention of key personnel, and could expose it to additional costs (including increased compliance costs). These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes, and could therefore also adversely affect its business and operations.

The Company’s Controls and Procedures May Fail or Be Circumvented

The Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Company’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company May Be Subject to a Higher Effective Tax Rate if Sterling Real Estate Holding Company, Inc. Fails to Qualify as a Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”)

Sterling Real Estate Holding Company Inc. (“SREHC”) operates as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. SREHC was established to acquire, hold and manage mortgage assets and other authorized investments to generate net income for distribution to its shareholders.

PAGE 24

For an entity to qualify as a REIT, it must satisfy the following six asset tests under the Internal Revenue Code each quarter: (1) 75% of the value of the REIT’s total assets must consist of real estate assets, cash and cash items, and government securities; (2) not more than 25% of the value of the REIT’s total assets may consist of securities, other than those includible under the 75% test; (3) not more than 5% of the value of its total assets may consist of securities of any one issuer, other than those securities includible under the 75% test or securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries; (4) not more than 10% of the outstanding voting power of any one issuer may be held, other than those securities includible under the 75% test or securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries; (5) not more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer may be held, other than those securities includible under the 75% test or securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries; and (6) a REIT cannot own securities in one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries which comprise more than 20% of its total assets. At December 31, 2009, SREHC met all six quarterly asset tests.

Also, a REIT must satisfy the following two gross income tests each year: (1) 75% of its gross income must be from qualifying income closely connected with real estate activities; and (2) 95% of its gross income must be derived from sources qualifying for the 75% test plus dividends, interest, and gains from the sale of securities. In addition, a REIT must distribute at least 90% of its taxable income for the taxable year, excluding any net capital gains, to maintain its non-taxable status for federal income tax purposes. For 2009, SREHC had met the two annual income tests and the distribution test.

If SREHC fails to meet any of the required provisions and, therefore, does not qualify to be a REIT, the Company’s effective tax rate would increase.

The Company Would Be Subject to a Higher Effective Tax Rate if Sterling Real Estate Holding Company, Inc. Is Required to Be Included in a NYS Combined Return

New York State tax law generally requires a REIT that is majority owned by a New York State bank to be included in the bank’s combined New York State tax return. The Company believes that it qualifies for the small-bank exception to this rule. If, contrary to this belief, Sterling Real Estate Holding Company, Inc. were required to be included in the Company’s New York State combined tax return, the Company’s effective tax rate would increase.

The possible reform of the New York State banking corporation tax mentioned below could require SREHC to file a combined return with the Company and substantially eliminate the benefit of the 60% dividends-received deduction by causing generally all of SREHC’s income to be subject to New York State tax as part of the Company’s combined return.

Possible New York State Legislative Changes May Negatively Affect the Amount of Taxes We Pay in Future Years

At the time of this filing, the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance is considering proposing a legislative reform of the New York State corporate franchise and banking corporation tax rules with the goal of enacting such reform this year. The proposed reform package that the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance has publicly released would substantially alter how the Company and the bank are taxed in New York State and may materially increase their combined effective New York State tax rate. In particular, the current proposal by the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance could require SREHC to file a combined return with the Company and substantially eliminate the benefit of the 60% dividends-received deduction by causing generally all of SREHC’s income to be subject to New York State tax as part of the Company’s combined return.

It is not possible to predict whether any tax reform legislation will actually be proposed in the New York State legislature, whether any such legislation would be enacted this year or any subsequent year, how any enacted legislation would differ from the current law or the most current proposal released by the Department of Taxation and Finance, and how any such legislative changes would impact the Company and the bank’s effective New York State tax rate. It is also uncertain at this time whether there would be any similar changes made to the New York City banking corporation tax.

New Lines of Business or New Products and Services May Subject the Company to Additional Risks

The Company may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business

PAGE 25

and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to manage these risks successfully in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Potential Acquisitions May Disrupt the Company’s Business and Dilute Shareholder Value

The Company seeks merger or acquisition partners that are compatible and have experienced management and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:


•	Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company.

•	Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company.

•	Difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target company.

•	Potential disruption to the Company’s business.

•	Potential diversion of the Company’s management time and attention.

•	The possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company.

•	Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company.

•	Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.

The Company regularly evaluates merger and acquisition opportunities and conducts due diligence activities related to possible transactions with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, merger or acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations may take place and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities may occur at any time. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of the Company’s tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company May Not Be Able to Attract and Retain Skilled People

The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by the Company can be intense, and the Company may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of the Company’s key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Company’s market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. The Company has employment agreements with two of its senior officers.

Because the Company has not yet repurchased the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program investment, it remains subject to the restrictions on incentive compensation contained in the ARRA. On June 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury released its interim final rule implementing the provisions of the ARRA and limiting the compensation practices at institutions in which the U.S. Treasury is invested. Financial institutions which have repurchased the U.S. Treasury’s investment are relieved of the restrictions imposed by the ARRA and its implementing regulations. Due to these restrictions, the Company may not be able to successfully compete with financial institutions that have repurchased the U.S. Treasury’s investment to retain and attract high performing employees. If this were to occur, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially.

The Company’s Information Systems May Experience an Interruption or Breach in Security

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Company’s information systems could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Continually Encounters Technological Change

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The Company’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address

PAGE 26

the needs of the customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in the Company’s operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to implement effectively new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to keep pace successfully with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Is Subject to Claims and Litigation Pertaining to Fiduciary Responsibility and Lender Liability

From time to time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Company they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company and its products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any fiduciary liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, in recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has either violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against the Company or its subsidiaries could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition or results of operations and/or cause significant harm to its reputation.

The Company’s Reported Financial Results Depend on Management’s Selection of Accounting Methods and Certain Assumptions and Estimates

The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to the methods by which the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. Its management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report its financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet may result in its reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting its financial condition and results. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include: the allowance for credit losses; the determination of fair value for financial instruments; the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets; the accounting for pension and post-retirement benefits and the accounting for income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, the Company may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for credit losses and/or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided; recognize significant impairment on its goodwill and other intangible asset balances; or significantly increase its accrued tax liability.

Changes in the Company’s Accounting Policies or in Accounting Standards Could Materially Affect How the Company Reports Its Financial Results and Condition

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the Company restating prior period financial statements.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PARENT COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK

The Parent Company’s Stock Price Can Be Volatile

Stock price volatility may make it more difficult to resell the parent company’s common stock when desired and at an attractive price. The parent company’s stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors, including, among other factors:


•	Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations.

PAGE 27


•	Recommendations by securities analysts.

•	Operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company.

•	News reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry.

•	Perceptions in the marketplace regarding the Company and/or its competitors.

•	New technology used, or services offered, by competitors.

•	Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving the Company or its competitors.

•	Failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions.

•	Changes in government regulation.

•	Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.

General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause the parent company’s stock price to decrease regardless of operating results.

The Trading Volume in the Parent Company’s Common Stock Is Less Than That of Other Larger Financial Services Companies

Although the parent company’s common stock is listed for trading on the NYSE, the trading volume in its common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of the parent company’s common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which the Company has no control. Given the trading volume of the parent company’s common stock, significant sales of the parent company’s common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause the parent company’s stock price to fall.

An Investment in the Parent Company’s Common Stock Is Not an Insured Deposit

The parent company’s common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in the parent company’s common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire the parent company’s common stock, you may lose some or all of your investment.

The Parent Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws as Well as Certain Banking Laws May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect

Provisions of the parent company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws, and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the parent company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to the parent company’s shareholders. The combination of these provisions effectively inhibits a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of the parent company’s common stock.

The Parent Company May Not Pay Dividends on Its Common Stock

Holders of shares of the parent company’s common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as its board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although the parent company has historically declared cash dividends on its common stock, it is not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate its common stock dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of its common stock. Also, participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program limits its ability to increase its dividend or to repurchase its common stock for so long as any securities issued under such program remain outstanding.

Future Issuances of Additional Equity Securities Could Result in Dilution of Ownership of the Parent Company’s Existing Stockholders

The parent company may determine from time to time to issue additional equity securities to raise additional capital, support growth, or to make acquisitions. Further, the parent company may issue stock options or other stock grants to retain and motivate its employees. These issuances of equity securities could dilute the voting and economic interests of its existing stockholders.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY’S INDUSTRY

The Earnings of Financial Services Companies Are Significantly Affected by General Business and Economic Conditions

The Company’s operations and profitability are impacted by general business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad. These conditions include short- and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, broad trends in industry and finance, and the strength of the U.S. economy and the local economies in which the Company operates, all of which are beyond the

PAGE 28

Company’s control. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions in the United States could result in an increase in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral values and a decrease in demand for the Company’s products and services, among other things, any of which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Financial Services Companies Depend on the Accuracy and Completeness of Information About Customers and Counterparties

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, the Company may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. The Company may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Consumers May Decide Not to Use Banks to Complete Their Financial Transactions

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks through alternative methods. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and these lower-cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The principal office of the Company occupies one floor at 650 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y., consisting of approximately 14,400 square feet. The lease for this premises expires April 30, 2016. Rental commitments to the expiration date approximate $5.3 million.

At December 31, 2009, the bank also maintains operating leases for nine branch offices, the International Banking Facility, and additional space in New York City, Nassau, Suffolk and Westchester counties (New York) with an aggregate of approximately 131 thousand square feet. Effective in 2010, certain lease agreements terminate and the bank has entered into new agreements for additional space, bringing the amount of space committed to an aggregate of approximately 139 thousand square feet. The aggregate office rental commitments for these premises, including the new space under lease in 2010, approximates $41.3 million. These leases have expiration dates ranging from 2010 through 2024 with varying renewal options. The bank owns free and clear (not subject to a mortgage) a building in which it maintains a branch located in Forest Hills, Queens, N.Y.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business there are various legal proceedings pending against the Company. Management, after consulting with counsel, is of the opinion that there should be no material liability with respect to such proceedings and accordingly no provision has been made in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

PAGE 29

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

This table sets forth information regarding the parent company’s executive officers:


			Held Executive
Name of Executive	Title	Age	Office Since

Louis J. Cappelli	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Director	79	1967
John C. Millman	President, Director	67	1986
John W. Tietjen	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	65	1989
Howard M. Applebaum	Senior Vice President	51	2002
Eliot S. Robinson	Executive Vice President of Sterling National Bank	67	1998

All executive officers who are employees of the parent company are elected annually by the Board of Directors and serve at the pleasure of the Board. The executive officer who is not an employee of the parent company is elected annually by, and serves at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors of the bank. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the foregoing executive officers and any other person or persons pursuant to which he was selected as an executive officer.

The Company’s 2009 Domestic Company Section 303A Annual CEO Certification was filed (without qualifications) with the NYSE. The certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 10-K.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The parent company’s common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol STL. Information regarding the quarterly prices of the common stock is presented in Note 28 on page 108. Information regarding the average common shares outstanding and dividends per common share is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income on page 60. Information regarding legal restrictions on the ability of the bank to pay dividends is presented in Note 18 on page 88. Although such restrictions do not apply to the payment of dividends by the parent company to its shareholders, such dividends may be limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital under the risk-based capital regulations described in Note 24 beginning on page 102. As of February 12, 2010, there were 1,330 shareholders of record of our common shares.

Pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, until the earliest of December 23, 2011, the redemption of all of the Series A Preferred Shares or transfer by the U.S. Treasury of all of the Series A Preferred shares to third parties, the parent company must obtain the consent of the U.S. Treasury to raise the dividend on our common shares or to repurchase any common shares or other preferred shares, with certain exceptions (including repurchases of our common shares under our share repurchase program to offset dilution from equity-based compensation).

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the following dividends were declared on our common shares:


Cash Dividends Per Share	2009		2008

First Quarter	$	0.19	$	0.19
Second Quarter		0.19		0.19
Third Quarter		0.09		0.19
Fourth Quarter		0.09		0.19

Total	$	0.56	$	0.76

The Board of Directors initially authorized the repurchase of common shares in 1997 and since then has approved increases in the number of common shares that the parent company is authorized to repurchase. The latest increase was announced on February 15, 2007, when the Board of Directors increased the Company’s authority to repurchase common shares by an additional 800,000 shares. This increased the Company’s authority to repurchase shares to approximately 933,000 common shares.

Under its share repurchase program, the Company buys back common shares from time to time. The Company did not repurchase any of its common shares during the fourth quarter of 2009. At December 31, 2009, the maximum number of shares that may yet be repurchased under the share repurchase program was 870,963.

For information regarding securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plan, see Item 12 on page 114.

PAGE 30

The following performance graph compares for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 (a) the yearly cumulative total shareholder return (i.e., the change in share price plus the cumulative amount of dividends, assuming dividend reinvestment, divided by the initial share price, expressed as a percentage) on Sterling’s common shares, with (b) the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, and with (c) the cumulative total return on the KBW 50 Index (a market-capitalization weighted bank-stock index):

(LINE GRAPH)



	12/04	12/05	12/06	12/07	12/08	12/09

Sterling Bancorp	100.00	75.95	78.89	57.43	62.47	34.05
S&P 500	100.00	104.91	121.48	128.16	80.74	102.11
KBW 50	100.00	101.34	120.80	92.99	50.67	51.25

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The information appears on page 32. All such information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information appears on pages 33–57 and supplementary quarterly data appears in Note 28 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. All such information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information appears on pages 53–56 under the caption “ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT.” All such information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

PAGE 31

Sterling Bancorp
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ^[1]


(dollars in thousands except per share data)	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Total interest income	$	105,920		$	118,071		$	121,433		$	116,611		$	101,994
Total interest expense		19,295			33,388			47,560			42,021			26,463
Net interest income		86,625			84,683			73,873			74,590			75,531
Provision for loan losses		27,900			8,325			5,853			4,503			5,214
Net securities gains/(losses)		5,561			—			188			(443	)		337
Other than temporary losses		—			(1,684	)		—			—			—
Noninterest income, excluding net securities gains/(losses) and other than temporary losses		38,589			34,984			35,224			33,959			33,536
Noninterest expenses		88,545			84,476			79,478			77,238			67,617
Income before taxes		14,330			25,182			23,954			26,365			36,573
Provision for income taxes		4,908			9,176			8,560			5,367			13,110
Income from continuing operations		9,422			16,006			15,394			20,998			23,463
(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—			(795	)		(603	)		564
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—			—			(9,635	)		—
Net income		9,422			16,006			14,599			10,760			24,027
Dividends on preferred shares and accretion		2,773			102			—			—			—
Net income available to common shareholders		6,649			15,904			14,599			10,760			24,027
Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders
Per average common share—basic		0.37			0.89			0.84			1.12			1.22
—diluted		0.37			0.88			0.82			1.09			1.19
Net income available to common shareholders
Per average common share—basic		0.37			0.89			0.79			0.57			1.25
—diluted		0.37			0.88			0.78			0.56			1.22
Dividends per common share		0.56			0.76			0.76			0.76			0.73

YEAR END BALANCE SHEETS
Investment securities		737,065			793,924			618,490			565,214			707,958
Loans held for sale		33,889			23,403			23,756			33,320			40,977
Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts		1,195,415			1,184,585			1,152,796			1,072,057			956,433
Other assets—discontinued operations		—			—			—			1,663			116,250
Total assets, including discontinued operations		2,165,609			2,179,101			1,979,650			1,850,571			2,005,752
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		546,337			464,585			501,023			505,898			455,260
Savings NOW and money market deposits		592,015			564,205			467,446			447,601			436,173
Time deposits		442,315			329,034			524,189			527,986			501,269
Short-term borrowings		131,854			363,404			205,418			83,776			281,838
Long-term debt		155,774			175,774			65,774			45,774			85,774
Shareholders’ equity		161,950			160,480			121,071			132,263			147,587

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
Investment securities		719,485			744,169			582,327			641,310			706,128
Loans held for sale		41,225			23,286			43,919			40,992			53,948
Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts		1,154,041			1,120,362			1,049,206			984,307			873,192
Total assets, including discontinued operations		2,114,221			2,066,628			1,875,615			1,929,739			1,915,497
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		441,087			427,105			424,425			420,683			435,739
Savings NOW and money market deposits		562,780			522,807			498,827			434,167			416,614
Time deposits		375,742			451,031			556,869			517,166			520,051
Short-term borrowings		271,075			279,840			131,573			255,204			198,879
Long-term debt		174,981			163,479			44,130			59,938			106,514
Shareholders’ equity		158,225			119,791			124,140			143,178			149,836

RATIOS
Return on average total assets		0.45	%		0.77	%		0.82	%		1.14	%		1.30	%
Return on average shareholders’ equity		5.95			13.36			12.40			14.67			15.66
Dividend payout ratio		107.52			85.43			89.35			67.70			59.82
Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets		7.48			5.80			6.62			7.76			8.30
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)		4.63			4.60			4.48			4.63			4.75
Loans/assets, year end^[2]		56.77			55.44			59.43			59.79			52.79
Net charge-offs/loans, year end^[3]		1.95			0.54			0.50			0.45			0.44
Nonperforming loans/loans, year end^[2]		1.46			0.61			0.54			0.53			0.39
Allowance/loans, year end^[3]		1.66			1.35			1.31			1.52			1.61


[1]	All data presented is from continuing operations unless indicated otherwise. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ financial data to conform to current financial statement presentations.

[2]	In this calculation, the term “loans” means loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio.

[3]	In this calculation, the term “loans” means loans held in portfolio.

PAGE 32

Sterling Bancorp

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following commentary presents management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Sterling Bancorp (the “parent company”), a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, and its subsidiaries, principally Sterling National Bank. Throughout this discussion and analysis, the term the “Company” refers to Sterling Bancorp and its subsidiaries and the term the “bank” refers to Sterling National Bank and its subsidiaries. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and selected financial data contained elsewhere in this annual report. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ financial data to conform to current financial statement presentations. Throughout management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, dollar amounts in tables are presented in thousands, except per share data.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT COULD AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

Certain statements contained or incorporated by reference in this annual report on Form 10-K, including but not limited to, statements concerning future results of operations or financial position, borrowing capacity and future liquidity, future investment results, future credit exposure, future loan losses and plans and objectives for future operations, economic environment and other statements contained herein regarding matters that are not historical facts, are “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements are not historical facts but instead are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, and represent only our belief regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control. Any forward-looking statements the Company may make speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. Our actual results and financial position may differ materially from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in or implied by these forward-looking statements, and the Company makes no commitment to update or revise forward-looking statements in order to reflect new information or subsequent events or changes in expectations.

Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: inflation, interest rates, market and monetary fluctuations; geopolitical developments including acts of war and terrorism and their impact on economic conditions; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board; changes, particularly declines, in general economic conditions and in the local economies in which the Company operates; the financial condition of the Company’s borrowers; competitive pressures on loan and deposit pricing and demand; changes in technology and their impact on the marketing of new products and services and the acceptance of these products and services by new and existing customers; the willingness of customers to substitute competitors’ products and services for the Company’s products and services; the impact of changes in financial services laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines; the risks and uncertainties described in ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS on pages 18–29; other risks and uncertainties described from time to time in press releases and other public filings; and the Company’s performance in managing the risks involved in any of the foregoing. The foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive, and the Company will not update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time.

RECENT MARKET DEVELOPMENTS

In response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. Pursuant to EESA, the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) was given the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

On October 14, 2008, the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury announced that the U.S. Treasury will purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts. Under the program, known as the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program, from the $700 billion authorized by EESA, the U.S. Treasury made $250 billion of capital available to U.S. financial institutions in the form of preferred stock. In conjunction with the purchase of preferred stock, the U.S. Treasury received, from participating financial institutions, warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred investment. Participating financial institutions were required to adopt the U.S. Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds equity issued under the TARP Capital Purchase Program. On December 23, 2008, the Company

PAGE 33

elected to participate in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, under which the Company issued preferred shares and a warrant to purchase common shares to the U.S. Treasury. As of the date of this report, the Company has not yet repurchased the preferred stock or the warrant to purchase common stock.

On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLG Program”). The TLG Program was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, preceded by the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Department of Treasury (after consultation with the President), as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector. Under the TLG Program (as amended from time to time thereafter) the FDIC would (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions and (ii) provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (“IOLA”) accounts held at participating FDIC-insured institutions. The transaction account guarantee program described in clause (ii) will expire on June 30, 2010. Coverage under the TLG Program was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage is 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000. The Company elected to opt out of the debt guarantee program under the TLG Program, which may disadvantage the Company in its access to less expensive capital compared to the Company’s competitors that did not opt out.

On February 10, 2009, the Treasury Secretary announced a new comprehensive financial stability plan which included: (i) a capital assistance program that has invested in convertible preferred stock of certain qualifying institutions, (ii) a consumer and business lending initiative to fund new consumer loans, small business loans and commercial mortgage asset-backed securities issuances, (iii) a public-private investment fund intended to leverage public and private capital with public financing to purchase legacy “toxic assets” from financial institutions, and (iv) assistance for homeowners to reduce mortgage payments and interest rates and establishing loan modification guidelines for government and private programs.

In response to concerns relating to capital adequacy of large financial institutions, the Federal Reserve Board implemented Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (“SCAP”) under which all banking institutions with assets over $100 billion were required to undergo a comprehensive “stress test” to determine if they had sufficient capital to continue lending and to absorb losses that could result from a more severe decline in the economy than projected. The results of the stress test were announced on May 7, 2009. In addition, on September 3, 2009, the U.S. Treasury issued a policy statement relating to bank capital requirements, which calls for higher and stronger capital requirements for bank and non-bank financial firms that are deemed to pose a risk to financial stability due to their combination of size, leverage, interconnectedness and liquidity risk. Also, on December 17, 2009, the Basel Committee issued a set of proposals relating to the capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures of financial institutions.

In order to restore the depleted Deposit Insurance Fund and maintain a sound reserve ratio, the FDIC imposed higher base assessment rates and special one-time assessments and required prepayment of deposit insurance premium. The FDIC stated that, after its semi-annual reviews, it may further increase assessment rates or take other actions to bring the Deposit Insurance Fund’s reserve ratio back to a desirable level.

In June of 2009, the Obama administration proposed a wide range of regulatory reforms that included, among other things, proposals (i) that any financial firm whose combination of size, leverage and interconnectedness could pose a threat to financial stability be subject to certain enhanced regulatory requirements, (ii) that federal bank regulators require loan originators or sponsors to retain part of the credit risk of securitized exposures, (iii) that there be increased regulation of broker-dealers and investment advisers, (iv) for the creation of a federal consumer financial protection agency that would, among other things, be charged with applying consistent regulations to similar products (such as imposing certain notice and consent requirements on consumer overdraft lines of credit), (v) that there be comprehensive regulation of OTC derivatives, (vi) that the controls on the ability of banking institutions to engage in transactions with affiliates be tightened, and (vii) that financial holding companies be required to be “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” on a consolidated basis.

On October 22, 2009, the Federal Reserve Board issued a comprehensive proposal on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and

PAGE 34

soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The proposal covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group.

For more detailed discussion on recent legislative and regulatory developments, see “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION” on pages 3–16.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The accounting and reporting policies followed by the Company conform, in all material respects, to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management has made estimates, assumptions and judgments based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements may reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain policies inherently have greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation allowance to be established, or when an asset or liability must be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when readily available. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Company adjusts such estimates and assumptions when the Company believes facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity, foreign currency and energy markets and declines in consumer spending have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in those estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements in the future periods.

The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations. The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 beginning on page 65. The accounting for factoring transactions also is discussed under “BUSINESS OPERATIONS —The Bank—Commercial Lending, Asset-Based Financing and Factoring/Accounts Receivable Management” on pages 1 and 2.

The Company has identified its policies on the valuation of securities, the allowance for loan losses and income tax liabilities to be critical because management has to make subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and could be subject to revision as new information becomes available. Additional information on these policies can be found in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of its securities portfolio. Fair value of securities is based upon market prices, where available (Level 1 inputs). If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon market prices determined by an outside, independent entity that primarily uses, as inputs, observable market-based parameters (Level 2 inputs). Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters (Level 3 inputs). Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realized value or reflective of future fair values. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Additional discussion of valuation methodologies is presented in Note 23 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

PAGE 35

intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery of cost. If the decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, and the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security until there is a recovery of cost, the security is written down to new cost basis and the resulting credit component of the loss is reported in noninterest income and the remainder of the loss is recorded in shareholders’ equity. If the Company does not have the ability and intent to hold the security until there is a recovery of cost, the full amount of the other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in noninterest income. Additional discussion of management’s evaluation process and other-than-temporary-impairment charges is presented in Note 1 and Note 5.

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses is outlined in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included under the caption “Asset Quality” beginning on page 45.

The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Fluctuations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could impact the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. In connection with determining its income tax provision under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) Topic 740: Income Taxes, the Company maintains a reserve related to certain tax positions and strategies that management believes contain an element of uncertainty. The Company evaluates each of its tax positions and strategies periodically to determine whether the reserve continues to be appropriate. Additional discussion on the accounting for income taxes is presented in Notes 1 and 21 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

OVERVIEW

The Company provides a broad range of financial products and services, including business and consumer loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending and brokerage, asset-based financing, factoring/accounts receivable management services, trade financing, equipment leasing, deposit services, trust and estate administration, and investment management services. The Company has operations in the New York metropolitan area and conducts business throughout the United States. The general state of the U.S. economy and, in particular, economic and market conditions in the New York metropolitan area have a significant impact on loan demand, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans and the value of any collateral securing these loans and may also affect deposit levels. Accordingly, future general economic conditions are a key uncertainty that management expects will materially affect the Company’s results of operations.

On April 3, 2009, Sterling Factors Corporation, a subsidiary of the bank, acquired substantially all of the assets and customer lists of DCD Capital, LLC and DCD Trade Services, LLC. The acquired assets and customer lists are now operating as a division under the name Sterling Trade Capital.

In September 2006, the Company sold the business conducted by Sterling Financial Services (“Sterling Financial”). In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the assets, liabilities and earnings/loss of the business conducted by Sterling Financial have been shown separately as discontinued operations in the CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS and CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME for all periods presented.

For purposes of the following discussion, average balances, averages rates, income and expenses associated with Sterling Financial have been excluded from continuing operations and reported separately for all periods presented.

The interest expense allocated to discontinued operations was based on the actual average balances, interest expenses and average rate on each category of interest-bearing liabilities, with the average rate applied to the aggregate average loan balances to determine the funding cost. Interest expense allocated to the funding supporting the Sterling Financial net loans for these periods was assigned based on the average net loan balances proportionately funded by all interest-bearing liabilities at an average rate equal to the cost of each applied to its average balance for the period. The “RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS” was prepared on the same basis, as was the “AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS.”

PAGE 36

In 2009, the bank’s average earning assets represented approximately 99.7% of the Company’s average earning assets. Loans represented 60.9% and investment securities represented 36.7% of the bank’s average earning assets in 2009.

The Company’s primary source of earnings is net interest income, and its principal market risk exposure is interest rate risk. The Company is not able to predict market interest rate fluctuations and its asset/liability management strategy may not prevent interest rate changes from having a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Although management endeavors to minimize the credit risk inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio, it must necessarily make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of the loan portfolio based on its experience and evaluation of economic conditions. If such assumptions or judgments prove to be incorrect, the current allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover loan losses and additions to the allowance may be necessary, which would have a negative impact on net income.

There is intense competition in all areas in which the Company conducts its business. The Company competes with banks and other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies, and credit unions. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits and provide a wider array of banking services. To a limited extent, the Company also competes with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies. Competition is based on a number of factors, including prices, interest rates, services, availability of products and geographic location.

The Company regularly evaluates acquisition opportunities and conducts due diligence activities in connection with possible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions, and in some cases negotiations, regularly take place and future acquisitions could occur.

Taxable-equivalent adjustments are the result of increasing income from tax-free loans and investments by an amount equal to the taxes that would be paid if the income were fully taxable-based on a 35% federal tax rate, thus making tax-exempt yields comparable to taxable asset yields.

INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS

Net interest income, which represents the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, is the Company’s primary source of earnings. Net interest income can be affected by changes in market interest rates as well as the level and composition of assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity. Net interest spread is the difference between the average rate earned, on a tax-equivalent basis, on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The net yield on interest-earning assets (“net interest margin”) is calculated by dividing tax equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Generally, the net interest margin will exceed the net interest spread because a portion of interest-earning assets are funded by various noninterest-bearing sources, principally noninterest-bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity. The increases (decreases) in the components of interest income and interest expense, expressed in terms of fluctuation in average volume and rate, are provided in the RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS shown on page 52. Information as to the components of interest income and interest expense and average rates is provided in the AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS shown on page 51.

COMPARISON OF THE YEARS 2009 AND 2008

The Company reported net income available to common shareholders for 2009 of $6.6 million, representing $0.37 per share calculated on a diluted basis, compared to $15.9 million, or $0.88 per share calculated on a diluted basis, for 2008. The $9.3 million decrease in net income available to common shareholders was primarily due to a $19.6 million increase in the provision for loan losses, a $4.1 million increase in noninterest expenses and a $2.7 million increase in dividends and accretion related to the preferred shares issued to the U.S. Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, which more than offset a $10.9 million increase in noninterest income, a $1.9 million increase in net interest income and a $4.3 million lower provision for income taxes.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, was $87.6 million for 2009 compared to $85.1 million for 2008. Net interest income benefitted from higher average loan balances, lower interest-bearing deposit balances and lower cost of funding. Partially offsetting those benefits was the impact of lower yield on loans and investment securities, lower investment securities balances and higher borrowed funds balances. The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, was 4.63% for 2009 compared to 4.60% for 2008. The net interest margin was impacted by the lower interest rate environment in 2009, the higher level of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and the effect of higher average loans outstanding.

PAGE 37

Total interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, aggregated $106.9 million for 2009, down $11.6 million from 2008. The tax-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets was 5.65% for 2009 compared to 6.40% for 2008.

Interest earned on the loan portfolio decreased to $71.8 million for 2009 from $80.4 million for the prior year period. Average loan balances amounted to $1,195.3 million, an increase of $51.7 million from an average of $1,143.6 million in the prior year period. The increase in average loans, primarily due to the Company’s business development activities, accounted for a $3.3 million increase in interest earned on loans. The yield on the loan portfolio decreased to 6.38% for 2009 from 7.37% for 2008 period, which was primarily attributable to the lower interest rate environment in 2009 and the mix of average outstanding balances among the components of the loan portfolio.

Interest earned on the securities portfolio, on a tax-equivalent basis, decreased to $34.6 million for 2009 from $37.4 million in 2008. Average outstandings decreased to $719.5 million (36.7% of average earning assets) for 2009 from $744.2 million (39.0% of average earning assets) in 2008. The average yield on investment securities decreased to 4.80% for 2009 from 5.03% in 2008. The decrease in both balances and yield reflect the impact of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy designed to shorten the average life of the portfolio coupled with calls of higher yielding securities. Under this strategy, the Company sold principally available for sale mortgage-backed securities with longer term average lives and replaced them with short-term corporate debt and U.S. Government Agency securities.

Offsetting the impact of the above, the average life was lengthened as a result of the impact of purchases of longer term municipal securities and the impact on our portfolio of callable U.S. Government Agency securities. Due to upward movement of interest rates at December 31, 2009, the prices on our portfolio of U.S. Government Agency securities declined below par value, making it less likely that these issues would be called. As a result, the average life of the securities portfolio was lengthened to approximately 5.4 years at December 31, 2009 compared to approximately 4.8 years at December 31, 2008.

Total interest expense decreased by $14.1 million for 2009 from $33.4 million for 2008 period, primarily due to the impact of lower rates paid, coupled with lower balances for interest-bearing deposits and borrowings.

Interest expense on deposits decreased to $11.9 million for 2009 from $21.5 million for the 2008 period, primarily due to a decrease in the cost of those funds. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was 1.27%, which was 94 basis points lower than the prior year period. The decrease in average cost of deposits reflects the lower interest rate environment during 2009. Average interest-bearing deposits were $938.5 million for 2009 compared to $973.8 million for 2008, reflecting the Company’s strategy to reduce reliance on higher-priced certificates of deposit.

Interest expense on borrowings decreased to $7.4 million for 2009 from $11.9 million for 2008 period, primarily due to lower rates paid for borrowed funds coupled with the benefit (reflected in the volume change) derived from the elimination of funding through dealer repurchase agreements partially offset by increased short-term borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank. The average rate paid for borrowed funds was 1.66%, which was 102 basis points lower than the prior year period. The decrease in the average cost of borrowings reflects the lower interest rate environment in 2009. Average borrowings increased to $446.1 million for 2009 from $443.3 million in the prior year period, reflecting greater reliance by the Company on wholesale funding.

Provision for Loan Losses

Based on management’s continuing evaluation of the loan portfolio (discussed under “Asset Quality” beginning on page 45), the provision for loan losses for 2009 was $27.9 million, compared to $8.3 million for 2008. Factors affecting the larger provision for 2009 included further deterioration of economic conditions during that period, a $16.9 million increase in net charge-offs, a $10.6 million increase in nonaccrual loans and growth in the loan portfolio.

During 2009, the allowance for loan losses increased because of increases in the allowance allocated to lease financing receivables and in the allowance allocated to commercial and industrial loans partially offset by a reduction in the allowance allocated to real estate-residential mortgage loans. The allowance allocated to lease financing receivables increased

PAGE 38

primarily as a result of increased losses experienced in that category in 2009 compared to 2008 partially offset by a decrease in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans. The impact of the increase in nonaccrual lease financing receivables at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008 was mitigated by decreasing levels of nonaccruals in that category in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 compared to the second quarter of 2009. The allowance allocated to commercial and industrial loans increased due to increased losses experienced in that category in 2009 compared to 2008 and higher nonaccrual levels in that category at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008 partially offset by a decrease in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans. The allowance allocated to real estate-residential mortgage loans decreased primarily due to lower nonaccrual loan balances at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008 coupled with a decrease in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans. During the fourth quarter of 2009 the level of the allowance for loan losses benefitted from a recovery of $0.9 million on a loan charged off in a prior period.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased to $44.2 million for 2009 from $33.3 million in the 2008 period. The increase principally resulted from securities gains recognized in the 2009 period compared to securities losses recognized in the 2008 period. Also contributing to the increase were higher income related to accounts receivable management and factoring services, higher mortgage banking income, and higher service charges on deposit accounts. In connection with an asset/liability management program designed to reduce the average life of the investment securities portfolio, the Company sold approximately $227.6 million of securities with a weighted average life of approximately 3.3 years. The Company reinvested a significant portion of the proceeds in securities with an average life of less than two years. The 2008 amount was reduced by other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges which resulted from management’s regular review of the investment portfolio. One charge, taken in the second quarter of 2008 for a single-issuer, investment grade trust preferred security, amounted to approximately $0.5 million and reduced the carrying amount of the security to $0.5 million. A second charge, taken in the third quarter of 2008 for a debt security, amounted to approximately $1.2 million and reduced the carrying amount of the security to $2.6 million. Commissions and other fees earned from accounts receivable management and factoring services were higher primarily due to the impact of the acquisition of the business of DCD Capital, LLC and DCD Trade Services, LLC on April 6, 2009. Partially offsetting that benefit was the impact of reduced volume of billing by clients providing temporary staffing. The increase in mortgage banking income was due to higher volume of loans sold.

Noninterest Expenses

Noninterest expenses for 2009 increased $4.0 million when compared to 2008. The increase was primarily due to the impact of the acquisition of the business of DCD Capital, LLC and DCD Trade Services, LLC on April 6, 2009 and higher deposit insurance and pension costs. Partially offsetting these increases was a reduction in expenses for professional services.

The increase in deposit insurance cost was due to a special assessment levied in the 2009 second quarter by the FDIC on all insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. The special assessment is part of the FDIC’s effort to rebuild the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). In conjunction with the amended plan, the FDIC implemented a final rule on November 17, 2009 requiring insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The bank’s prepaid amount to the FDIC was $8.3 million.

The increase in pension expense was primarily the result of weaker return on plan assets during 2008. The Company’s defined benefit retirement plan was closed to new members effective as of January 3, 2007. There have been no new participants in the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). The defined benefit plan was replaced by an enhanced 401(k) contribution for new employees. The Company still has funding obligations related to the defined benefit retirement plan and SERP and will recognize retirement expense related to these plans in future years, which will be dependent on the return earned on plan assets, the level of interest rates, salary increases, employee turnover and other factors.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for 2009 decreased to $4.9 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 34.2%, compared with $9.2 million for 2008, reflecting an effective tax rate of 36.4%. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in the proportion of tax-exempt income in the 2009 period.

COMPARISON OF THE YEARS ENDED 2008 AND 2007

The Company reported net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $16.0 million, representing $0.88 per share calculated on a diluted basis, compared to $14.6 million, or $0.78 per share calculated on a diluted basis, for the year 2007. This increase reflects higher net interest income which was partially offset by increases in the provision for

PAGE 39

loan losses, noninterest expenses and the provision for income taxes coupled with lower noninterest income. The results for the 2007 period were adversely impacted by an after tax loss from discontinued operations of $0.8 million.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, was $85.1 million for 2008 compared to $74.3 million for 2007. Net interest income benefited from higher average investment securities and loan balances, higher yields on investment securities, lower interest-bearing deposits balances and lower cost of funding. Partially offsetting those benefits was the impact of lower yield on loans and higher borrowed fund balances. The net interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, was 4.60% for 2008 compared to 4.48% for 2007. The net interest margin was impacted by the lower interest rate environment in 2008, and the effect of higher average investment securities, borrowed funds, loans outstanding and noninterest-bearing demand deposits and lower average interest-bearing deposits balances.

Total interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, decreased to $118.5 million for 2008 from $121.9 million for 2007. The tax-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets was 6.40% for 2008 compared to 7.35% for 2007.

Interest earned on the loan portfolio decreased to $80.4 million for 2008 from $92.2 million for 2007. Average loan balances amounted to $1,143.6 million, an increase of $50.5 million from an average of $1,093.1 million in the prior year. The increase in average loans, primarily due to the Company’s business development activities, accounted for a $4.6 million increase in interest earned on loans, which was more than offset by the impact of a decrease in yield. The decrease in the yield on the loan portfolio to 7.37% for 2008 from 8.83%for 2007 was primarily attributable to the lower interest rate environment in 2008 and the mix of average outstanding balances among the components of the loan portfolio.

Interest earned on the securities portfolio, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased to $37.4 million for 2008 from $28.0 million for the prior year. Average outstandings increased to $744.2 million (39.0% of average earning assets) for 2008 from $582.3 million (34.1% of average earning assets) in the prior year. The average life of the securities portfolio was approximately 4.8 years at December 31, 2008 compared to 6.2 years at December 31, 2007.

Interest earned on Federal funds sold and deposits with other banks decreased by $1.3 million for 2008 from $1.4 million for 2007, primarily due to lower funds employed in these assets. Average outstandings for these assets decreased to $6.2 million for 2008 from $26.3 million in the prior year.

Total interest expense decreased by $14.2 million for 2008 from $47.6 million for 2007, primarily due to the impact of lower rates paid for interest-bearing deposits and borrowings coupled with lower interest-bearing deposits balances. Partially offsetting those benefits was the impact of higher borrowed funds balances which was the result of the Company’s strategy to employ cost-effective wholesale funding in lieu of higher priced certificates of deposit.

Interest expense on deposits decreased to $21.5 million for 2008 from $38.8 million for the 2007 period, primarily due to a decrease in the cost of those funds coupled with lower balances. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was 2.21% which was 146 basis points lower than the prior year. The decrease in average cost of deposits reflects the lower interest rate environment during 2008. Average interest-bearing deposits balances decreased to $973.8 million for 2008 from $1,055.7 million for 2007 reflecting the Company’s strategy to reduce reliance on high priced certificates of deposit.

Interest expense on borrowings increased to $11.9 million for 2008 from $8.8 million for 2007, primarily due to an increase in average balances which was partially offset by lower rates paid for these funds. Average borrowings increased to $443.3 million for 2008 from $175.7 million for the prior year, reflecting greater reliance by the Company on wholesale funding. The average rate paid for borrowed funds was 2.68%, which was 235 basis points lower than the prior year. The decrease in the average cost of borrowings reflects the lower interest rate environment in 2008.

Provision for Loan Losses

Based on management’s continuing evaluation of the loan portfolio (discussed under “Asset Quality” beginning on page 45), the provision for loan losses for 2008 was $8.3 million, compared to $5.9 million for the prior year period. Factors affecting the level of the allowance and, therefore, the provision included the growth in the loan portfolio, changes in general economic conditions and the amount and trend of nonaccrual loans and charge-offs.

PAGE 40

off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.

During 2008, the allowance for loan losses increased primarily because of increases in the allowance allocated to lease financing and in the allowance allocated to real estate—residential mortgage loans. The allowance allocated to lease financing increased primarily as a result of increased losses experienced in that category in 2008 compared to 2007 and an increase in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans. The allowance allocated to real estate—residential mortgage loans increased primarily due to increased risks in the real estate market in 2008 compared to 2007 and an increase in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income decreased to $33.3 million for 2008 from $35.4 million in the 2007. Noninterest income items include: accounts receivable management/factoring commissions and other fees, service charges on deposit accounts and for other customer related services, mortgage banking income, trust fees and income from bank owned life insurance policies. Noninterest income is reduced by other-than-temporary impairment charges and loss on sales of real estate owned. The decrease was principally due to OTTI charges which resulted from management’s regular review of the investment portfolio. One charge, taken in the second quarter of 2008, for a single-issuer, investment grade trust preferred security, amounted to approximately $0.5 million (this security was sold at minimal gain) and reduced the carrying amount of the security to $0.5 million. A second charge, taken in the third quarter, for a debt security (which was subsequently sold at no additional loss), amounted to approximately $1.2 million and reduced the carrying amount of the security to $2.6 million.

Noninterest Expenses

Noninterest expenses for 2008 increased $5.0 million when compared to 2007. Noninterest expense items include: personnel expenses, real estate rents and equipment expenses, advertising and marketing costs, professional fees and communications expenses. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel costs due to normal salary increases and investments in the Sterling franchise, increased occupancy costs due to higher rents and increased professional fees associated with revenue enhancement projects and the settlement of certain litigation.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for 2008 was $9.2 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 36.4%, compared with $8.6 million for 2007, reflecting an effective tax rate of 35.7%. The increase in taxes compared to 2007 was primarily due to higher income from continuing operations for the 2008 period.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Securities

At December 31, 2009, the Company’s portfolio of securities totaled $737.1 million, of which obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises amounted to $519.7 million which is approximately 70.5% of the total. The Company has the intent and ability to hold to maturity securities classified as held to maturity, at which time it will receive full value for these securities. These securities are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. The gross unrealized gains and losses on held to maturity securities were $8.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively. Securities classified as available for sale may be sold in the future, prior to maturity. These securities are carried at fair value. Net aggregate unrealized gains or losses on these securities are included, net of taxes, as a component of shareholders’ equity. Given the generally high credit quality of the portfolio, management expects to realize all of its investment upon market recovery or, the maturity of such instruments and thus believes that any impairment in value is interest rate related and therefore temporary. Available for sale securities included gross unrealized gains of $4.2 million and gross unrealized losses of $3.3 million. As of December 31, 2009, management does not have the intent to sell any of the securities classified as available for sale in the table on page 43 and management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell any such securities before a recovery of cost. During 2008, the Company recognized OTTI charges totaling $1.7 million which are included in noninterest income under the caption “Other-than-temporary losses.” These securities were subsequently sold at a minimal gain.

PAGE 41

The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s investment securities by type, with related carrying values at the end of each of the three most recent fiscal years:


December 31,	2009					2008					2007

	Balances		% of Total			Balances		% of Total			Balances		% of Total

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$	13,740		1.86	%	$	20,799		2.62	%	$	20,789		3.36	%
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)		22,698		3.08			42,294		5.33			42,634		6.89
CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)		9,048		1.23			6,565		0.83			9,094		1.47
Federal National Mortgage Association		125,673		17.05			245,100		30.87			225,736		36.50
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		71,715		9.73			137,437		17.31			158,705		25.66
Government National Mortgage Association		13,146		1.78			39,564		4.98			12,247		1.98

Total residential mortgage-backed securities		256,020		34.73			491,759		61.94			469,205		75.86
Agency Notes
Federal National Mortgage Association		116,603		15.82			—		—			—		—
Federal Home Loan Bank		102,799		13.95			174,675		22.00			85,502		13.82
Federal Farm Credit Bank		29,418		3.99			89,844		11.32			27,218		4.40
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		14,899		2.02			—		—			—		—

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		519,739		70.51			756,278		95.26			581,925		94.08
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		83,337		11.31			23,406		2.95			19,142		3.10
Single issuer, trust preferred securities		4,483		0.61			4,209		0.53			4,303		0.70
Corporate securities		129,200		17.53			9,724		1.22			12,810		2.07
Other securities		56		0.01			57		0.01			60		0.01

Total marketable securities		736,815		99.97			793,674		99.97			618,240		99.96
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		250		0.03			250		0.03			250		0.04

Total	$	737,065		100.00	%	$	793,924		100.00	%	$	618,490		100.00	%

The following table presents information regarding the average life and yields of certain available for sale (“AFS”) and held to maturity (“HTM”) securities:

Weighted Average Life

Weighted Average Yield

December 31, 2009

AFS

HTM

AFS

HTM

Residential mortgage-backed securities

3.2 years

2.9 years

4.28

4.62

Agency notes (with original call dates ranging between 3 and 36 months)

7.9 years

9.9 years

3.75

4.79

Corporate debt securities

0.7 years

—

4.32

—

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

5.7 years

10.6 years

5.35

^[1]

5.89

^[1]

[1] Tax equivalent

PAGE 42

The following tables present information regarding securities available for sale and securities held to maturity at December 31, 2009, based on contractual maturity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. The average yield on obligation of state and political subdivisions securities is presented on a tax-equivalent basis.


Available for sale	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted Average Yield

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$	2,882	$	2,877		4.00	%
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)		5,563		5,734		4.15
CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)		9,181		9,048		1.55
Federal National Mortgage Association		21,055		21,852		5.28
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		10,321		10,620		4.39
Government National Mortgage Association		6,807		7,157		4.82

Total residential mortgage-backed securities		55,809		57,288		4.28
Agency notes
Federal National Mortgage Association
Due after 10 years		20,291		19,456		5.59
Federal Home Loan Bank
Due within 1 year		5,000		5,006		0.82
Due after 1 year but within 5 years		38,990		38,859		1.31
Due after 5 years but within 10 years		9,993		9,782		3.52
Due after 10 years		30,000		29,303		5.02
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Due after 1 year but within 5 years		4,995		4,899		2.03
Federal Farm Credit Bank
Due after 5 years		20,000		19,378		5.25
Due after 5 years but within 10 years		4,999		4,952		3.87

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		190,077		188,923		3.82

Obligations of state and political institutions
Due within 1 year		401		412		4.90
Due after 1 year but within 5 years		12,510		13,268		5.16
Due after 5 years but within 10 years		3,078		3,297		5.74
Due after 10 years		6,831		6,887		5.56

Total obligations of state and political institutions		22,820		23,864		5.35

Single-issuer trust preferred securities
Due after 10 years		4,878		4,483		7.41

Corporate debt securities
Due within 6 months		74,376		74,776		4.26
Due after 6 months but within 1 year		35,762		36,198		4.54
Due after 1 year but within 2 years		12,762		12,845		3.34
Due after 2 years but within 5 years		—		—		—
Due after 5 years but within 10 years		5,000		5,381		6.65

Total corporate debt securities		127,900		129,200		4.32

Other securities		44		56		3.38

Total available for sale	$	345,719	$	346,526		4.17

PAGE 43


Held to maturity	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Weighted Average Yield

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$	10,863	$	11,202		4.67	%
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)		16,964		17,537		4.52
Federal National Mortgage Association		103,821		108,148		4.53
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		61,095		63,100		4.60
Government National Mortgage Association		5,989		6,490		6.43

Total residential mortgage-backed securities		198,732		206,477		4.62
Agency notes
Federal National Mortgage Association
Due after 10 years		97,147		95,419		4.94
Federal Home Loan Bank
Due after 10 years		19,849		19,375		4.92
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Due after 10 years		10,000		9,782		3.92
Federal Farm Credit Bank
Due after 5 years but within 10 years		5,088		4,994		3.07

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		330,816		336,047		4.69
Obligations of state and political institutions
Due within 5 years but within 10 years		1,181		1,191		5.30
Due after 10 years		58,292		58,662		5.91

Total obligations of state and political institutions		59,473		59,853		5.89

Debt securities issued by foreign governments
Due within 1 year		250		250		4.62

Total held to maturity	$	390,539	$	396,150		4.87

Loan Portfolio

A management objective is to maintain the quality of the loan portfolio. The Company seeks to achieve this objective by maintaining rigorous underwriting standards coupled with regular evaluation of the creditworthiness of and the designation of lending limits for each borrower. The portfolio strategies include seeking industry and loan size diversification in order to minimize credit exposure and originating loans in markets with which the Company is familiar.

The Company’s commercial and industrial loan and factored receivables portfolios represents approximately 59% of all loans. Loans in this category are typically made to individuals, small and medium-sized businesses and range between $250,000 and $15 million. The Company’s leasing portfolio, which consists of finance leases for various types of business equipment, represents approximately 16% of all loans. The leasing and commercial and industrial loan portfolios are included in corporate lending for segment reporting purposes as presented in Note 25 beginning on page 103. The Company’s real estate loan portfolios, which represent approximately 22% of all loans, are secured by mortgages on real property located principally in the states of New York, New Jersey, Connecticut, Virginia and North Carolina. Sources of repayment are from the borrower’s operating

PAGE 44

profits, cash flows and liquidation of pledged collateral. Based on underwriting standards, loans and leases may be secured whole or in part by collateral such as liquid assets, accounts receivable, equipment, inventory, and real property. The collateral securing any loan or lease may depend on the type of loan and may vary in value based on market conditions.

The following table, restated to reflect the disposition of Sterling Financial (see Note 2 beginning on page 72), sets forth the composition of the Company’s loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts, at the end of each of the five most recent fiscal years:


December 31,	2009					2008					2007					2006					2005

	Balances		% of Total			Balances		% of Total			Balances		% of Total			Balances		% of Total			Balances		% of Total

Domestic
Commercial and industrial	$	585,876		47.66	%	$	531,471		44.00	%	$	518,265		44.05	%	$	501,882		45.40	%	$	386,006		38.70	%
Lease financing receivables		195,056		15.87			255,743		21.17			249,702		21.22			207,771		18.80			190,391		19.09
Factored receivables		139,927		11.38			89,145		7.38			80,007		6.80			79,721		7.21			73,985		7.42
Real estate
Residential mortgage—portfolio		124,681		10.14			142,135		11.76			129,465		11.00			120,056		10.86			147,746		14.81
Residential mortgage—held for sale		33,889		2.76			23,403		1.94			23,756		2.02			33,320		3.02			40,977		4.11
Commercial mortgage		92,614		7.53			96,883		8.02			99,093		8.42			93,215		8.43			110,871		11.12
Construction and land development		24,277		1.97			25,249		2.09			37,161		3.16			30,031		2.72			2,309		0.23
Loans to individuals		12,984		1.06			18,959		1.57			12,103		1.03			12,381		1.12			13,125		1.31
Loans to depository institutions		20,000		1.63			25,000		2.07			27,000		2.30			27,000		2.44			32,000		3.21

Total	$	1,229,304		100.00	%	$	1,207,988		100.00	%	$	1,176,552		100.00	%	$	1,105,377		100.00	%	$	997,410		100.00	%

The following table sets forth the maturities of the Company’s commercial and industrial, factored receivables and construction and land development loans, as of December 31, 2009:


	Due One Year or Less		Due One to Five Years		Due After Five Years		Total Gross Loans

Commercial and industrial	$	459,541	$	93,997	$	33,509	$	587,047
Factored receivables		140,265		—		—		140,265
Real estate—construction and land development		17,304		6,973		—		24,277

All commercial and industrial loans due after one year have predetermined interest rates.

All real estate—construction and land development loans due after one year have floating or adjustable interest rates.

Asset Quality

Intrinsic to the lending process is the possibility of loss. In times of economic slowdown, the risk of loss inherent in the Company’s portfolio of loans may increase. While management endeavors to minimize this risk, it recognizes that loan losses will occur and that the amount of these losses will fluctuate depending on the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio which in turn depend on current and future economic conditions, the financial condition of borrowers, the realization of collateral, and the credit management process.

During 2009, conditions across many segments of the economy continued to deteriorate or failed to improve significantly, adversely affecting the financial condition of our small business borrowers as well as the value of our collateral. As a result of the adverse effects of existing economic conditions, nonaccrual loans increased $10.6 million during 2009 (primarily reflecting an $8.6 million increase in nonaccrual lease financing receivables), and net charge-offs for 2009 were $16.9 million higher than for the corresponding period in 2008 (primarily reflecting a $15.2 million increase in net charge-offs for lease financing receivables). The Company experienced a disruption in our collection efforts due to resignations, during the first quarter of 2009, of our collection manager and other members of the collection staff, which also resulted in increases in charge-offs and nonaccruals during 2009. We have since upgraded our collection staff, intensified our collection activities, tightened our credit standards and enhanced other credit evaluation criteria. Nevertheless, continuation and/or worsening of existing economic conditions will likely result in levels of charge-offs and nonaccrual loans that will be higher than those in periods prior to 2009.

PAGE 45

The following table, restated to reflect the disposition of Sterling Financial (see Note 2 beginning on page 72), sets forth the amount of domestic nonaccrual and past due loans of the Company at the end of each of the five most recent fiscal years; there were no foreign loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis. At December 31, 2009, approximately $5.2 million of lease financing receivables and residential real estate loans were troubled debt restructurings. See Note 7 on page 80 for additional discussion. Loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest and still accruing are loans that are both well-secured or guaranteed by financially responsible third parties and are in the process of collection.


December 31,	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005

Gross loans	$	1,254,946		$	1,245,263		$	1,249,128		$	1,177,705		$	1,081,701

Nonaccrual loans
Commercial and industrial	$	4,231		$	816		$	610		$	1,490		$	611
Lease financing receivables		11,960			3,387			2,571			2,933			2,109
Factored receivables		—			—			—			—			—
Real estate—residential mortgage		1,786			3,078			2,786			1,011			740
Real estate—commercial mortgage		—			—			—			—			—
Real estate—construction and land development		—			—			—			—			—
Loans to individuals		—			63			416			427			397

Total nonaccrual loans		17,977			7,344			6,383			5,861			3,857
Past due 90 days or more (other than the above)		1,194			821			1,329			989			821

Total	$	19,171		$	8,165		$	7,712		$	6,850		$	4,678

Interest income that would have been earned on nonaccrual loans outstanding	$	1,463		$	731		$	655		$	545		$	294

Applicable interest income actually realized on nonaccrual loans outstanding	$	743		$	321		$	222		$	335		$	95

Nonaccrual and past due loans as a percentage of total gross loans		1.53	%		0.66	%		0.62	%		0.58	%		0.43	%

At December 31, 2009, commercial and industrial nonaccruals represented 0.72% of commercial and industrial loans. There were 38 loans made to small business borrowers located in 4 states with balances ranging between approximately $6.7 thousand and $1.3 million.

At December 31, 2009, lease financing nonaccruals represented 6.13% of lease financing receivables. The lessees of the equipment are located in 35 states. There were 259 leases ranging between approximately $100 and $345.1 thousand, 100 of which were under $100. The value of the underlying collateral related to lease financing nonaccruals varies depending on the type and condition of equipment. While most leases are written on a recourse basis, with personal guarantees of the principals, the current value of the collateral is often less than the lease financing balance. Collection efforts include repossession and/or sale of leased equipment, payment discussions with the lessee, the principal and/or guarantors, and obtaining judgments against the lessee, the principal and/or guarantors. The balance is charged off when it is determined that collection efforts are no longer productive. Factors considered in determining whether collection efforts are no longer productive include any amounts currently being collected, the status of discussions or negotiations with the lessee, the principal and/or guarantors, the cost of continuing efforts to collect, the status of any foreclosure or other legal actions, the value of the collateral, and any other pertinent factors.

At December 31, 2009, residential real estate nonaccruals represented 1.43% of residential real estate loans held in portfolio. There were 13 loans ranging between approximately $7.5 thousand and $332 thousand secured by properties located in 8 states.

At December 31, 2009, other real estate owned consisted of 7 properties with values between approximately $55 thousand and $499 thousand located in 5 states.

PAGE 46

Management views the allowance for loan losses as a critical accounting policy due to its subjectivity. The allowance for loan losses is maintained through the provision for loan losses, which is a charge to operating earnings. The adequacy of the provision and the resulting allowance for loan losses is determined by a management evaluation process of the loan portfolio, including identification and review of individual problem situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, review of overall portfolio quality through an analysis of current charge-offs, delinquency and nonperforming loan data, estimates of the value of any underlying collateral, assessment of current and expected economic conditions and changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio. Other data utilized by management in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses include, but are not limited to, the results of regulatory reviews; the amount of, trend of and/or borrower characteristics on loans that are identified as requiring special attention as part of the credit review process; and historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk ratings. The impact of this other data might result in an allowance greater than that indicated by the evaluation process previously described. The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing loan portfolio and of the risk inherent in various components of the loan portfolio. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology is based on guidance provided by the “Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration and the Office of Thrift Supervision in December 2006 and includes an allowance allocation calculated in accordance with the U.S. GAAP guidance on loans with deteriorated credit quality in FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for loan losses reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to nonaccrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors.

The level of the allowance reflects changes in the size of the portfolio or in any of its components as well as management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, and present economic, political and regulatory conditions. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. In addition, an increase in the size of the portfolio or in any of its components could necessitate an increase in the allowance even though there may not be a decline in credit quality or an increase in potential problem loans. A significant change in any of the evaluation factors described in the immediately preceding paragraph could also result in future additions to the allowance. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.

At December 31, 2009, the ratio of the allowance to loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts, was 1.66% and the allowance was $19.9 million. Loans 90 days past due and still accruing amounted to $1.2 million. At such date, the Company’s nonaccrual loans amounted to $18.0 million; $1.7 million of such loans were judged to be impaired within the scope of FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables, and had a valuation allowance totaling $129 thousand, which is included within the overall allowance for loan losses. Based on the foregoing, as well as management’s judgment as to the current risks inherent in loans held in portfolio, the Company’s allowance for loan losses was deemed adequate to absorb all probable losses on specifically known and other credit risks associated with the portfolio as of December 31, 2009. Net losses within loans held in portfolio are not statistically predictable and changes in conditions in the next twelve months could result in future provisions for loan losses varying from the provision taken in 2009. Potential problem loans, which are loans that are currently performing under present loan repayment terms but where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to continue to comply with the present repayment terms, aggregated $2.4 and $2.3 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

PAGE 47

The following table, restated to reflect the disposition of Sterling Financial (see Note 2 beginning on page 72), sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s loan loss experience for each of the five most recent fiscal years:


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005

Average loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts, during year	$	1,154,041		$	1,120,362		$	1,049,206		$	984,307		$	873,192

Allowance for loan losses:
Balance at beginning of year	$	16,010		$	15,085		$	16,288		$	15,369		$	14,437

Charge-offs:
Commercial and industrial		4,945			2,610			2,620			1,075			446
Lease financing receivables		19,115			3,886			3,345			4,618			3,732
Factored receivables		514			581			243			223			369
Real estate—residential mortgage		312			58			215			24			13
Real estate—commercial mortgage		—			—			—			—			—
Real estate—construction and land development		—			—			—			—			—
Loans to individuals		—			—			67			—			—

Total charge-offs		24,886			7,135			6,490			5,940			4,560

Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial		1,042			297			219			786			219
Lease financing receivables		345			294			316			310			76
Factored receivables		63			26			31			32			39
Real estate—residential mortgage		102			61			30			—			—
Real estate—commercial mortgage		—			—			—			—			—
Real estate—construction and land development		—			—			—			—			—
Loans to individuals		—			69			110			38			39

Total recoveries		1,552			747			706			1,166			373

Subtract:
Net charge-offs		23,334			6,388			5,784			4,774			4,187

Provision for loan losses		27,900			8,325			5,853			4,503			5,214

Add allowance from acquisition		—			—			—			1,845			—

Less loss on transfers to other real estate owned		704			1,012			1,272			655			95

Balance at end of year	$	19,872		$	16,010		$	15,085		$	16,288		$	15,369

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts, during year		2.02	%		0.57	%		0.55	%		0.49	%		0.48	%

PAGE 48

The following table, restated to reflect the disposition of Sterling Financial (see Note 2 beginning on page 72), presents the Company’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses. This allocation is based on estimates by management and may vary from year to year based on management’s evaluation of the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The amount allocated to a particular loan category of the Company’s loans held in portfolio may not necessarily be indicative of actual future charge-offs in that loan category.


December 31,	2009					2008					2007					2006					2005

	Amount		% of Loans in each category to total loans held in portfolio			Amount		% of Loans in each category to total loans held in portfolio			Amount		% of Loans in each category to total loans held in portfolio			Amount		% of Loans in each category to total loans held in portfolio			Amount		% of Loans in each category to total loans held in portfolio

Domestic
Commercial and industrial	$	6,082		49.01	%	$	5,530		44.87	%	$	5,655		44.96	%	$	6,488		46.82	%	$	7,017		40.36	%
Loans to depository institutions		—		1.67			88		2.11			54		2.34			135		2.52			112		3.35
Lease financing receivables		10,249		16.32			6,130		21.59			5,398		21.66			6,356		19.38			4,636		19.90
Factored receivables		971		11.70			933		7.52			1,083		6.94			1,127		7.44			1,260		7.74
Real estate—residential mortgage (portfolio)		1,646		10.43			2,355		12.00			1,988		11.23			1,468		11.20			1,437		15.45
Real estate—commercial mortgage		560		7.75			674		8.18			613		8.60			501		8.69			509		11.59
Real estate—construction and land development		149		2.03			175		2.13			183		3.22			150		2.80			10		0.24
Loans to individuals		80		1.09			88		1.60			15		1.05			—		1.15			110		1.37
Unallocated		135		—			37		—			96		—			63		—			278		—

Total	$	19,872		100.00	%	$	16,010		100.00	%	$	15,085		100.00	%	$	16,288		100.00	%	$	15,369		100.00	%

During 2009 the allowance for loan losses increased because of increases in the allowance allocated to lease financing receivables and in the allowance allocated to commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by a reduction in the allowance allocated to real estate-residential mortgage loans. The allowance allocated to lease financing receivables increased primarily as a result of increased losses experienced in that category in 2009 compared to 2008 partially offset by a decrease in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans. The impact of the increase in nonaccrual lease financing receivables at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008 was mitigated by decreasing levels of nonaccruals in that category in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 compared to the second quarter of 2009. The allowance allocated to commercial and industrial loans increased due to increased losses experienced in that category in 2009 compared to 2008 and higher nonaccrual levels in that category at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008 partially offset by a decrease in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans. The allowance allocated to real estate-residential mortgage loans decreased primarily due to lower nonaccrual loan balances at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008 coupled with a decrease in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans. During the fourth quarter of 2009 the level of the allowance for loan losses benefitted from a recovery of $0.9 million on a loan charged off in a prior period.

During 2008 the allowance for loan losses increased primarily because of increases in the allowance allocated to lease financing and in the allowance allocated to real estate—residential mortgage loans. The allowance allocated to lease financing receivables increased primarily as a result of increased losses experienced in that category in 2008 compared to 2007 and an increase in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans. The allowance allocated to real estate—residential mortgage loans increased primarily due to increased risks in the real estate market in 2008 compared to 2007 and an increase in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans.

During 2007 the allowance for loan losses decreased primarily because decreases in the allowance allocated to commercial and industrial loans and lease financing receivables more than offset an increase in the allowance allocated to real estate—residential mortgage loans. During 2007 the allowance allocated to commercial and industrial loans decreased primarily as a result of another year of low loss experience in Sterling Resource Funding Corp. compared to its loss experience before the Company acquired it as of April 1, 2006. The allowance allocated to lease financing receivables decreased primarily as a result of improved loss experience in that category in 2007 compared to 2006. The allowance allocated to real estate—residential mortgage loans increased primarily due to increased risks in the real estate market in 2007 compared to 2006 and an increase in the specific valuation allowance for impaired loans.

PAGE 49

Deposits

A significant source of funds are customer deposits, consisting of demand (noninterest-bearing), NOW, savings, money market and time deposits (principally certificates of deposit).

The following table provides certain information with respect to the Company’s deposits at the end of each of the three most recent fiscal years:


December 31,	2009					2008					2007

	Balances		% of Total			Balances		% of Total			Balances		% of Total

Domestic
Demand	$	546,332		34.56	%	$	464,572		34.22	%	$	501,007		33.56	%
NOW		266,343		16.85			224,754		16.55			241,333		16.17
Savings		17,497		1.11			18,083		1.33			17,690		1.19
Money Market		308,175		19.50			321,368		23.67			208,423		13.96
Time deposits less than $100 thousand		140,678		8.90			116,601		8.59			113,170		7.58
Time deposits greater than $100 thousand		301,057		19.04			211,855		15.60			410,443		27.50

Total domestic deposits		1,580,082		99.96			1,357,233		99.96			1,492,066		99.96


Foreign
Demand		5		—			13		—			16		—
Time deposits greater than $100 thousand		580		0.04			578		0.04			576		0.04

Total foreign deposits		585		0.04			591		0.04			592		0.04

Total deposits	$	1,580,667		100.00	%	$	1,357,824		100.00	%	$	1,492,658		100.00	%

The Company began participating in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on January 22, 2009. CDARS deposits totaled approximately $82.3 million at December 31, 2009 and averaged approximately $42.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2009 were as follows:


2010	$	390,204
2011 and later		52,111

	$	442,315


Scheduled maturities of time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2009 were as follows:

Due within 3 months or less	$	159,701
Due after 3 months and within 6 months		51,946
Due after 6 months and within 12 months		66,057
Due after 12 months		23,933

	$	301,637

Fluctuations of balances in total or among categories at any date can occur based on the Company’s mix of assets and liabilities, as well as on customers’ balance sheet strategies. Historically, however, average balances for deposits have been relatively stable. Information regarding these average balances for the three most recent fiscal years is presented on page 51.

PAGE 50

Sterling Bancorp
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND
ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST EARNINGS^[1]


Years Ended December 31,	2009								2008								2007

	Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate			Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate			Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate

ASSETS
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks	$	36,804		$	85		0.23	%	$	5,727		$	42		0.74	%	$	3,033		$	117		3.86	%
Investment securities
Available for sale—taxable		350,069			16,575		4.73			390,337			20,453		5.24			161,266			8,063		5.00
Held to maturity—taxable		320,655			15,070		4.70			332,033			15,718		4.73			401,212			18,705		4.66
Tax-exempt^[2]		48,761			2,907		5.96			21,799			1,268		5.82			19,849			1,183		5.96
Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock		9,487			516		5.45			11,908			598		5.02			3,876			315		8.14
Federal funds sold		—			—		—			444			8		1.84			23,219			1,236		5.32
Loans, net of unearned discounts^[3]		1,195,266			71,788		6.38			1,143,648			80,445		7.37			1,093,125			92,247		8.83

TOTAL INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS		1,961,042			106,941		5.65	%		1,905,896			118,532		6.40	%		1,705,580			121,866		7.35	%

Cash and due from banks		31,118								49,269								66,384
Allowance for loan losses		(19,107	)							(16,087	)							(16,233	)
Goodwill		22,901								22,901								22,885
Other		118,267								104,649								96,999

TOTAL ASSETS	$	2,114,221							$	2,066,628							$	1,875,615

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits
Domestic
Savings	$	18,012			18		0.10	%	$	18,460			59		0.32	%	$	19,618			101		0.51	%
NOW		211,121			620		0.29			239,944			2,306		0.96			237,731			5,903		2.48
Money market		333,647			3,252		0.97			264,403			4,038		1.53			241,478			7,079		2.93
Time		375,164			7,993		2.13			450,455			15,099		3.35			556,295			25,674		4.62
Foreign
Time		578			6		1.09			576			6		1.09			574			6		1.09

Total interest-bearing deposits		938,522			11,889		1.27			973,838			21,508		2.21			1,055,696			38,763		3.67

Borrowings
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers		72,892			353		0.48			89,602			1,855		2.07			80,649			3,392		4.21
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers		—			—		—			41,808			1,127		2.69			6,470			309		4.78
Federal funds purchased		25,075			51		0.21			50,368			899		1.79			9,281			430		4.63
Commercial paper		13,107			67		0.51			17,806			461		2.59			26,731			1,350		5.05
Short-term borrowings—FHLB		3,411			11		0.31			69,708			1,309		1.88			7,082			336		4.74
Short-term borrowings—FRB		154,726			398		0.26			8,841			47		0.53			—			—		—
Short-term borrowings—other		1,864			—		—			1,707			35		2.04			1,360			66		4.87
Long-term borrowings—FHLB		149,207			4,432		2.97			137,705			4,053		2.94			18,356			820		4.47
Long-term borrowings—subordinated debentures		25,774			2,094		8.38			25,774			2,094		8.38			25,774			2,094		8.38

Total borrowings		446,056			7,406		1.66			443,319			11,880		2.68			175,703			8,797		5.03

Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities		1,384,578			19,295		1.39	%		1,417,157			33,388		2.36	%		1,231,399			47,560		3.86	%

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		441,087			—					427,105			—					424,425			—

Total including noninterest-bearing demand deposits		1,825,665			19,295		1.06	%		1,844,262			33,388		1.81	%		1,655,824			47,560		2.87	%

Other liabilities		130,331								102,575								95,651

Total Liabilities		1,955,996								1,946,837								1,751,475
Shareholders’ equity		158,225								119,791								124,140


TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	2,114,221							$	2,066,628							$	1,875,615

Net interest income/spread					87,646		4.26	%					85,144		4.04	%					74,306		3.49	%

Net yield on interest-earning assets							4.63	%							4.60	%							4.48	%

Less: Tax-equivalent adjustment					1,021								461								433

Net interest income				$	86,625							$	84,683							$	73,873


[1]	The average balances of assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity are computed on the basis of daily averages. Average rates are presented on a tax-equivalent basis. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to current presentation.

[2]	Interest on tax-exempt securities included herein is presented on a tax-equivalent basis.

[3]	Includes loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio; all loans are domestic. Nonaccrual loans are included in amounts outstanding and income has been included to the extent earned.

PAGE 51

Sterling Bancorp
CONSOLIDATED RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS^[1]


Increase (Decrease) from Years Ended,	December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009									December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008

	Volume			Rate			Total^[2]			Volume			Rate			Total^[2]

	(in thousands)
INTEREST INCOME
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks	$	90		$	(47	)	$	43		$	60		$	(135	)	$	(75	)

Investment securities
Available for sale—taxable		(2,021	)		(1,857	)		(3,878	)		11,986			404			12,390
Held to maturity—taxable		(553	)		(95	)		(648	)		(3,262	)		275			(2,987	)
Tax-exempt		1,607			32			1,639			81			4			85

Total		(967	)		(1,920	)		(2,887	)		8,805			683			9,488

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock		(130	)		48			(82	)		443			(160	)		283

Federal funds sold		(8	)		—			(8	)		(735	)		(493	)		(1,228	)
Loans, net of unearned discounts^[3]		3,343			(12,000	)		(8,657	)		4,606			(16,408	)		(11,802	)

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME	$	2,328		$	(13,919	)	$	(11,591	)	$	13,179		$	(16,513	)	$	(3,334	)


INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest-bearing deposits
Domestic
Savings	$	(1	)	$	(40	)	$	(41	)	$	(6	)	$	(36	)	$	(42	)
NOW		(252	)		(1,434	)		(1,686	)		70			(3,667	)		(3,597	)
Money market		900			(1,686	)		(786	)		635			(3,676	)		(3,041	)
Time		(2,260	)		(4,846	)		(7,106	)		(4,279	)		(6,296	)		(10,575	)
Foreign
Time		—			—			—			—			—			—

Total interest-bearing deposits		(1,613	)		(8,006	)		(9,619	)		(3,580	)		(13,675	)		(17,255	)


Borrowings
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers		(297	)		(1,205	)		(1,502	)		352			(1,889	)		(1,537	)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers		(1,127	)		—			(1,127	)		1,009			(191	)		818
Federal funds purchased		(308	)		(540	)		(848	)		876			(407	)		469
Commercial paper		(98	)		(296	)		(394	)		(359	)		(530	)		(889	)
Short-term borrowings—FHLB		(692	)		(606	)		(1,298	)		1,291			(318	)		973
Short-term borrowings—FRB		387			(36	)		351			47			—			47
Short-term borrowings—other		—			(35	)		(35	)		14			(45	)		(31	)
Long-term borrowings—FHLB		337			42			379			3,607			(374	)		3,233

Total borrowings		(1,798	)		(2,676	)		(4,474	)		6,837			(3,754	)		3,083

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE	$	(3,411	)	$	(10,682	)	$	(14,093	)	$	3,257		$	(17,429	)	$	(14,172	)

NET INTEREST INCOME	$	5,739		$	(3,237	)	$	2,502		$	9,922		$	916		$	10,838


[1]	Amounts are presented on a tax-equivalent basis.

[2]	The change in interest income and interest expense due to a combination of both volume and rate have been allocated to the change due to volume and the change due to rate in proportion to the relationship of the change due solely to each. The change in interest income for Federal funds sold and in interest expense for securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers and short-term borrowings—FRB has been allocated entirely to the volume variance. The effect of the extra day in 2008 has also been allocated entirely to the volume variance.

[3]	Includes loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio; all loans are domestic. Nonaccrual loans have been included in the amounts outstanding and income has been included to the extent earned.

PAGE 52

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

The Company’s primary earnings source is its net interest income; therefore, the Company devotes significant time and has invested in resources to assist in the management of interest rate risk and asset quality. The Company’s net interest income is affected by changes in market interest rates, and by the level and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company’s objectives in its asset/liability management are to utilize its capital effectively, to provide adequate liquidity and to enhance net interest income, without taking undue risks or subjecting the Company unduly to interest rate fluctuations.

The Company takes a coordinated approach to the management of its liquidity, capital and interest rate risk. This risk management process is governed by policies and limits established by senior management which are reviewed and approved by the Asset/Liability Committee. This committee, which is comprised of members of senior management, meets to review, among other things, economic conditions, interest rates, yield curve, cash flow projections, expected customer actions, liquidity levels, capital ratios and repricing characteristics of assets, liabilities and financial instruments.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market indices such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. The Company’s principal market risk exposure is interest rate risk, with no material impact on earnings from changes in foreign exchange rates or equity prices.

Interest rate risk is the exposure to changes in market interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is the relationship between market interest rates and net interest income due to the repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities. The Company monitors the interest rate sensitivity of its balance sheet positions by examining its near-term sensitivity and its longer-term gap position. In its management of interest rate risk, the Company utilizes several financial and statistical tools including traditional gap analysis and sophisticated income simulation models.

A traditional gap analysis is prepared based on the maturity and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for selected time bands. The mismatch between repricings or maturities within a time band is commonly referred to as the “gap” for that period. A positive gap (asset sensitive) where interest rate sensitive assets exceed interest rate sensitive liabilities generally will result in the net interest margin increasing in a rising rate environment and decreasing in a falling rate environment. A negative gap (liability sensitive) will generally have the opposite result on the net interest margin. However, the traditional gap analysis does not assess the relative sensitivity of assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates and other factors that could have an impact on interest rate sensitivity or net interest income. The Company utilizes the gap analysis to complement its income simulations modeling, primarily focusing on the longer-term structure of the balance sheet.

The Company’s balance sheet structure is primarily short-term in nature with a substantial portion of assets and liabilities repricing or maturing within one year. The Company’s gap analysis at December 31, 2009, presented on page 57, indicates that net interest income would increase during periods of rising interest rates and decrease during periods of falling interest rates, but, as mentioned above, gap analysis may not be an accurate predictor of net interest income.

As part of its interest rate risk strategy, the Company may use financial instrument derivatives to hedge the interest rate sensitivity of assets. The Company has written policy guidelines, approved by the Board of Directors, governing the use of financial instruments, including approved counterparties, risk limits and appropriate internal control procedures. The credit risk of derivatives arises principally from the potential for a counterparty to fail to meet its obligation to settle a contract on a timely basis.

As of December 31, 2009 the Company was not a party to any financial instrument derivative agreement. On September 14, 2008, an interest rate floor agreement with a notional amount of $50 million expired. At December 31, 2008, there were no amounts receivable under this contract.

The interest rate floor agreement was not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes and therefore changes in the fair value of the instrument are required to be recognized as current income or expense in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, $-0-, $88 thousand and $8 thousand were credited to noninterest income, respectively.

The Company utilizes income simulation models to complement its traditional gap analysis. While the Asset/Liability Committee routinely monitors simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rolling two-year horizon, it also utilizes additional tools to monitor potential longer-term interest rate risk. The income simulation models measure the Company’s net interest income volatility or sensitivity to interest rate changes utilizing statistical techniques that allow the Company to consider various factors which impact net interest income. These factors include actual maturities, estimated cash flows, repricing characteristics, deposits growth/retention and, most importantly, the relative sensitivity of the Company’s assets and liabilities to changes in market interest rates. This relative sensitivity is important to consider as the Company’s core

PAGE 53

deposit base has not been subject to the same degree of interest rate sensitivity as its assets. The core deposit costs are internally managed and tend to exhibit less sensitivity to changes in interest rates than the Company’s adjustable rate assets whose yields are based on external indices and generally change in concert with market interest rates.

The Company’s interest rate sensitivity is determined by identifying the probable impact of changes in market interest rates on the yields on the Company’s assets and the rates that would be paid on its liabilities. This modeling technique involves a degree of estimation based on certain assumptions that management believes to be reasonable. Utilizing this process, management projects the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest margin. The Company has established certain policy limits for the potential volatility of its net interest margin assuming certain levels of changes in market interest rates with the objective of maintaining a stable net interest margin under various probable rate scenarios. Management generally has maintained a risk position well within the policy limits. As of December 31, 2009, the model indicated the impact of a 100 and 200 basis point parallel and pro rata rise in rates over 12 months would approximate a 2.6% ($2.7 million) and a 4.9% ($5.1 million) increase in net interest income, respectively, while the impact of a 25 basis point decline in rates over the same period would approximate a 1.3% ($1.3 million) decline from an unchanged rate environment. The likelihood of a decrease in interest rates beyond 25 basis points as of December 31, 2009 was considered to be remote given then-current interest rate levels. As of December 31, 2008, the model indicated the impact of a 100 and 200 basis point parallel and pro rata rise in rates over 12 months would approximate a 1.2% ($1.2 million) and a 2.1% ($2.0 million) increase in net interest income, respectively, while the impact of a 25 basis point decline in rates over the same period would approximate a 0.4% ($0.4 million) decline from an unchanged rate environment. The likelihood of a decrease in interest rates beyond 25 basis points as of December 31, 2008 was considered to be remote given then-current interest rate levels.

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a Company forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows, and others. While assumptions are developed based upon current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot provide any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions, including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change.

Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to: prepayment/refinancing levels likely deviating from those assumed, the varying impact of interest rate change caps or floors on adjustable rate assets, the potential effect of changing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans, depositor early withdrawals and product preference changes, and other variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that the Asset/Liability Committee might take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates.

The shape of the yield curve can cause downward pressure on net interest income. In general, if and to the extent that the yield curve is flatter (i.e., the differences between interest rates for different maturities are relatively smaller) than previously anticipated, then the yield on the Company’s interest-earning assets and its cash flows will tend to be lower. Management believes that a relatively flat yield curve could continue to affect adversely the Company’s results in 2010.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash needs arising from changes in various categories of assets and liabilities. Liquidity is constantly monitored and managed at both the parent company and the bank levels. Liquid assets consist of cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in banks and Federal funds sold and securities available for sale. Primary funding sources include core deposits, capital markets funds and other money market sources. Core deposits include domestic noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing retail deposits, which historically have been relatively stable. The parent company and the bank believe that they have significant unused borrowing capacity. Contingency plans exist which we believe could be implemented on a timely basis to mitigate the impact of any dramatic change in market conditions.

The parent company depends for its cash requirements on funds maintained or generated by its subsidiaries, principally the bank. Such sources have been adequate to meet the parent company’s cash requirements throughout its history.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the bank can supply funds to the parent company and its non-bank subsidiaries. All national banks are limited in the payment of dividends without the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency to an amount not to exceed the net profits (as defined) for the year to date combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years.

In December 2008, under the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, we issued to the U.S. Treasury 42,000 of the parent company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series A, liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (“Series A Preferred Shares”). Cumulative dividends on the

PAGE 54

Series A Preferred Shares are payable at 5% per annum for the first five years and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter. In conjunction with its purchase of the Series A Preferred Shares, the U.S. Treasury also received a 10-year warrant to purchase up to 516,817 of the parent company’s common shares, at an exercise price of $12.19 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $6.3 million in cash if the warrant is exercised in full. The allocated carrying values of the warrant and the Series A Preferred Shares on the date of issuance (based on their relative fair values) were $2.6 million and $39.4 million, respectively. The Series A Preferred Shares will be accreted to the redemption price of $42 million over five years. The warrant is exercisable at any time until December 23, 2018, and the number of common shares underlying the warrant and the exercise price are subject to adjustment for certain dilutive events. If, on or before December 31, 2009, we had received aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $42 million from sales of Tier 1 qualifying perpetual preferred shares or common shares, the number of common shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant would have been reduced by one-half of the original number of common shares so issuable.

At December 31, 2009, the parent company’s short-term debt, consisting principally of commercial paper used to finance ongoing current business activities, was approximately $17.3 million. The parent company had cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks and other current assets aggregating $62.7 million. The parent company also has back-up credit lines with banks of $19.0 million. Since 1979, the parent company has had no need to use available back-up lines of credit.

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2009:


	Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations	Total		Less than 1 Year		1–3 Years		4–5 Years		After 5 Years

Long-Term Debt^[1]	$	155,774	$	10,000	$	20,000	$	80,000	$	45,774
Operating Leases		46,945		4,722		8,769		8,776		24,678

Total Contractual Cash Obligations	$	202,719	$	14,722	$	28,769	$	88,776	$	70,452

[1] Based on contractual maturity date.

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s obligations under other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2009:


	Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period

Other Commercial Commitments	Total		Less than 1 Year		1–3 Years		4–5 Years		After 5 Years

Residential Loans	$	17,416	$	17,416	$	—	$	—	$	—
Commercial Loans		13,907		141		6,833		—		6,933

Total Loan Commitments		31,323		17,557		6,833		—		6,933
Standby Letters of Credit		25,286		23,354		1,932		—		—
Other Commercial Commitments		43,278		41,323		—		—		1,955

Total Commercial Commitments	$	99,887	$	82,234	$	8,765	$	—	$	8,888

While past performance is not a guarantee of future performance, management believes that the parent company’s funding sources (including dividends from all its subsidiaries) and the bank’s funding sources will be adequate to meet their liquidity requirements in the future.

PAGE 55

CAPITAL

The Company and the bank are subject to risk-based capital regulations which quantitatively measure capital against risk-weighted assets, including certain off-balance sheet items. These regulations define the elements of the Tier 1 and Tier 2 components of total capital and establish minimum ratios of 4% for Tier 1 capital and 8% for Total Capital for capital adequacy purposes. Supplementing these regulations is a leverage requirement. This requirement establishes a minimum leverage ratio (at least 3% or 4%, depending upon an institution’s regulatory status), which is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted quarterly average assets (after deducting goodwill). Information regarding the Company’s and the bank’s risk-based capital at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 is presented in Note 24 beginning on page 102. In addition, the bank is subject to the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) which imposes a number of mandatory supervisory measures. Among other matters, FDICIA established five capital categories ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications are used by regulatory agencies to determine a bank’s deposit insurance premium, approval of applications authorizing institutions to increase their asset size or otherwise expand business activities or acquire other institutions. Under FDICIA, a “well capitalized” bank must maintain minimum leverage, Tier 1 and total capital ratios of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively. The Federal Reserve Board applies comparable tests for holding companies such as the Company. At December 31, 2009, the Company and the bank exceeded the requirements for “well capitalized” institutions under the tests pursuant to FDICIA and of the Federal Reserve Board.

The bank regulatory agencies have encouraged banking organizations, including healthy, well run banking organizations, to operate with capital ratios substantially in excess of the stated ratios required to maintain “well capitalized” status. This has resulted from, among other things, current economic conditions, the global financial crisis and the likelihood, as described below, of increased formal capital requirements for banking organizations. In light of the foregoing, the Company and the bank expect that they will maintain capital ratios substantially in excess of these ratios.

The elements currently comprising Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, the minimum Tier 1 capital and total capital ratios and the minimum leverage ratio may in the future be subject to change, as discussed in greater detail under the caption “BUSINESS—SUPERVISION AND REGULATION” beginning on page 3.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

The Company’s financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require the Company to measure financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historical dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession are generally not considered. The primary effect of inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. In management’s opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than changes in the inflation rate. While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Company, including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies and various other governmental regulatory authorities, among other things, as further discussed under the caption “RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS” beginning on page 18 and under the caption “ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT” beginning on page 53.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See “Adoption of New Accounting Standards” and “Newly Issued Not Yet Effective Standards” in Note 1 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

PAGE 56

Sterling Bancorp
CONSOLIDATED INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

To mitigate the vulnerability of earnings to changes in interest rates, the Company manages the repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities in an attempt to control net interest rate sensitivity. Management attempts to confine significant rate sensitivity gaps predominantly to repricing intervals of a year or less, so that adjustments can be made quickly. Assets and liabilities with predetermined repricing dates are classified based on the earliest repricing period. Based on the interest rate sensitivity analysis shown below, the Company’s net interest income would increase during periods of rising interest rates and decrease during periods of falling interest rates.


	Repricing Date

	3 Months or Less			More than 3 Months to 1 Year			1 Year to 5 Years			5 Years to 10 Years		Over 10 Years			Nonrate Sensitive			Total

ASSETS
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks	$	36,958		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	36,958
Investment securities		84,901			76,294			166,715			72,680		336,475			—			737,065
Commercial and industrial loans		501,559			44,506			40,973			—		—			(1,162	)		585,876
Lease financing receivables		1,556			12,148			201,890			3,605		—			(24,143	)		195,056
Factored receivables		140,265			—			—			—		—			(338	)		139,927
Real estate—residential mortgage		25,526			55,520			14,018			16,116		47,390			—			158,570
Real estate—commercial mortgage		12,388			14,335			28,133			37,758		—			—			92,614
Real estate—construction loans		—			—			24,277			—		—			—			24,277
Loans to individuals		12,984			—			—			—		—			—			12,984
Loans to depository institutions		20,000			—			—			—		—			—			20,000
Noninterest-earning assets and allowance for loan losses		—			—			—			—		—			162,282			162,282

Total Assets		836,137			202,803			476,006			130,159		383,865			136,639			2,165,609

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits
Savings		—			—			17,497			—		—			—			17,497
NOW		—			—			266,343			—		—			—			266,343
Money market		283,308			—			24,867			—		—			—			308,175
Time—domestic		195,235			194,391			52,109			—		—			—			441,735
—foreign		395			185			—			—		—			—			580
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers		21,048			—			—			—		—			—			21,048
Federal funds purchased		41,000			—			—			—		—			—			41,000
Commercial paper		17,297			—			—			—		—			—			17,297
Short-term borrowings—FRB		50,000			—			—			—		—			—			50,000
Short-term borrowings—other		2,509			—			—			—		—			—			2,509
Long-term borrowings—FHLB		10,000			—			100,000			20,000		—			—			130,000
Long-term borrowings—subordinated debentures		—			—			—			—		25,774			—			25,774

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and shareholders’ equity		—			—			—			—		—			843,651			843,651

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity		620,792			194,576			460,816			20,000		25,774			843,651			2,165,609

Net Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap	$	215,345		$	8,227		$	15,190		$	110,159	$	358,091		$	(707,012	)	$	—

Cumulative Gap at December 31, 2009	$	215,345		$	223,572		$	238,762		$	348,921	$	707,012		$	—		$	—

Cumulative Gap at December 31, 2008	$	(1,506	)	$	(119,864	)	$	(67,838	)	$	121,095	$	620,719		$	—		$	—

Cumulative Gap at December 31, 2007	$	12,155		$	(177,693	)	$	(7,050	)		N/A	$	571,196	^[1]	$	—		$	—

[1] Represents amounts due after 5 years.

PAGE 57

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, and the statements of condition of Sterling National Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, notes thereto and the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms thereon appear on pages 59–110.

PAGE 58

Sterling Bancorp
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


December 31,	2009			2008

	(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	24,911		$	31,832
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks		36,958			13,949
Securities available for sale (at estimated fair value; pledged: $150,034 in 2009 and $334,048 in 2008)		346,526			492,797
Securities held to maturity (pledged: $278,598 in 2009 and $206,726 in 2008) (estimated fair value: $396,150 in 2009 and $305,628 in 2008)		390,539			301,127

Total investment securities		737,065			793,924

Loans held for sale		33,889			23,403

Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts		1,195,415			1,184,585
Less allowance for loan losses		19,872			16,010

Loans, net		1,175,543			1,168,575

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost		8,482			12,705
Customers’ liability under acceptances		27			95
Goodwill		22,901			22,901
Premises and equipment, net		9,658			10,668
Other real estate		1,385			1,544
Accrued interest receivable		9,001			8,917
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		49,009			45,845
Other assets		56,780			44,743

Total assets	$	2,165,609		$	2,179,101

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	546,337		$	464,585
Savings, NOW and money market deposits		592,015			564,205
Time deposits		442,315			329,034

Total deposits		1,580,667			1,357,824

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers		21,048			44,334
Federal funds purchased		41,000			131,000
Commercial paper		17,297			11,732
Short-term borrowings—FHLB		—			75,000
Short-term borrowings—FRB		50,000			100,000
Short-term borrowings—other		2,509			1,338
Long-term borrowings—FHLB		130,000			150,000
Long-term borrowings—subordinated debentures		25,774			25,774

Total borrowings		287,628			539,178

Acceptances outstanding		27			95
Accrued interest payable		1,291			2,046
Due to factored clients		82,401			50,621
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		51,645			68,857

Total liabilities		2,003,659			2,018,621

Commitments and contingent liabilities

Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, Series A, $5 par value; $1,000 liquidation value. Authorized 644,389 shares; issued 42,000 shares		40,113			39,440
Common stock, $1 par value. Authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued 22,226,425 and 22,202,419 shares, respectively		22,227			22,203
Warrant to purchase common stock		2,615			2,615
Capital surplus		178,734			178,417
Retained earnings		15,828			19,088
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(12,399	)		(16,259	)
Common stock in treasury at cost, 4,119,934 and 4,107,191 shares, respectively		(85,168	)		(85,024	)

Total shareholders’ equity		161,950			160,480

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,165,609		$	2,179,101

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

PAGE 59

Sterling Bancorp
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

	(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
INTEREST INCOME
Loans	$	71,788		$	80,445		$	92,247
Investment securities
Available for sale—taxable		16,575			20,453			8,063
Held to maturity—taxable		15,070			15,718			18,705
Tax exempt		1,889			811			753
Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock		513			594			312
Federal funds sold		—			8			1,236
Deposits with other banks		85			42			117

Total interest income		105,920			118,071			121,433

INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits
Savings, NOW and Money Market		3,890			6,403			13,083
Time		7,999			15,105			25,680
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers		353			1,855			3,392
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers		—			1,127			309
Federal funds purchased		51			899			430
Commercial paper		67			461			1,350
Short-term borrowings—FHLB		11			1,309			336
Short-term borrowings—FRB		398			47			—
Short-term borrowings—other		—			35			66
Long-term borrowings—FHLB		4,432			4,053			820
Long-term borrowings—subordinated debentures		2,094			2,094			2,094

Total interest expense		19,295			33,388			47,560

Net interest income		86,625			84,683			73,873
Provision for loan losses		27,900			8,325			5,853

Net interest income after provision for loan losses		58,725			76,358			68,020

NONINTEREST INCOME
Accounts receivable management/factoring commissions and other fees		18,320			15,713			15,536
Service charges on deposit accounts		5,943			5,418			5,588
Trade finance income		1,891			1,670			2,044
Other customer related service charges and fees		929			1,121			1,000
Mortgage banking income		9,476			8,619			8,893
Trust fees		450			571			551
Income from life insurance policies		1,098			1,127			1,092
Securities gains		5,561			—			188
Other-than-temporary loss		—			(1,684	)		—
Loss on other real estate owned		(32	)		(326	)		(331	)
Other income		514			1,071			851

Total noninterest income		44,150			33,300			35,412

NONINTEREST EXPENSES
Salaries		39,875			38,523			36,797
Employee benefits		12,293			9,893			9,506

Total personnel expense		52,168			48,416			46,303
Occupancy and equipment expenses, net		11,278			11,365			10,354
Advertising and marketing		3,167			3,914			3,897
Professional fees		5,147			7,873			6,666
Communications		1,665			1,757			1,941
Deposit insurance		4,153			751			206
Other expenses		10,967			10,400			10,111

Total noninterest expenses		88,545			84,476			79,478

Income from continuing operations before income taxes		14,330			25,182			23,954
Provision for income taxes		4,908			9,176			8,560

Income from continuing operations		9,422			16,006			15,394
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			—			(795	)

Net income		9,422			16,006			14,599
Dividends on preferred shares and accretion		2,773			102			—

Net income available to common shareholders	$	6,649		$	15,904		$	14,599

Average number of common shares outstanding
Basic		18,104,619			17,890,997			18,407,228
Diluted		18,126,333			18,107,878			18,729,034
Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders, per average common share
Basic	$	0.37		$	0.89		$	0.84
Diluted		0.37			0.88			0.82
Net income available to common shareholders, per average common share
Basic		0.37			0.89			0.79
Diluted		0.37			0.88			0.78
Dividends per common share		0.56			0.76			0.76

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

PAGE 60

Sterling Bancorp
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

	(dollars in thousands)
Net income	$	9,422		$	16,006		$	14,599

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:
Unrealized holding gains on available for sale securities and other investments, arising during the year		3,039			360			835
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in net income		(3,037	)		920			(106	)
Pension liability adjustment—net actuarial gains (losses)		1,935			(7,613	)		(596	)
Reclassification adjustment for amortization of:
Prior service cost		36			36			54
Net actuarial losses		1,887			850			844

Other comprehensive income (loss)		3,860			(5,447	)		1,031

Comprehensive income	$	13,282		$	10,559		$	15,630

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

PAGE 61

Sterling Bancorp
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

	(dollars in thousands)
PREFERRED STOCK
Balance at beginning of year	$	39, 440		$	—		$	—
Allocated proceeds at issuance		—			39,385			—
Discount accretion		673			55			—

Balance at end of year	$	40,113		$	39,440		$	—

COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of year	$	22,203		$	21,279		$	21,177
Common shares issued under stock incentive plan		24			924			102

Balance at end of year	$	22,227		$	22,203		$	21,279

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of year	$	2,615		$	—		$	—
Allocated proceeds at issuance		—			2,615			—

Balance at end of year	$	2,615		$	2,615		$	—

CAPITAL SURPLUS
Balance at beginning of year	$	178,417		$	168,869		$	167,960
Common shares issued under stock incentive plan and related tax benefits		185			9,501			795
Stock option compensation expense		132			132			114
Issuance costs for Series A preferred stock		—			(85	)		—

Balance at end of year	$	178,734		$	178,417		$	168,869

RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance at beginning of year, as originally reported	$	19,088		$	17,538		$	16,694
Effect of change in accounting for bank-owned life insurance, effective January 1, 2008		—			(726	)		—

Balance at beginning of year, as adjusted		19,088			16,812			16,694
Net income		9,422			16,006			14,599
Cash dividends paid—common shares		(10,131	)		(13,675	)		(13,755	)
Cash dividends paid—preferred shares		(1,878	)		—			—
Discount accretion on Series A preferred stock		(673	)		(55	)		—

Balance at end of year	$	15,828		$	19,088		$	17,538

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Balance at beginning of year	$	(16,259	)	$	(10,812	)	$	(11,843	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax		3,860			(5,447	)		1,031

Balance at end of year	$	(12,399	)	$	(16,259	)	$	(10,812	)

TREASURY STOCK
Balance at beginning of year	$	(85,024	)	$	(75,803	)	$	(61,725	)
Purchase of common shares		—			—			(13,622	)
Surrender of shares issued under stock incentive plan		(144	)		(9,221	)		(456	)

Balance at end of year	$	(85,168	)	$	(85,024	)	$	(75,803	)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Balance at beginning of year	$	160,480		$	121,071		$	132,263
Net changes during the year		1,470			39,409			(11,192	)

Balance at end of year	$	161,950		$	160,480		$	121,071

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

PAGE 62

Sterling Bancorp
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

	(dollars in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income	$	9,422		$	16,006		$	14,599
Loss from discontinued operations included below in operating cash flows from discontinued operations		—			—			795

Income from continuing operations		9,422			16,006			15,394
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses		27,900			8,325			5,853
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment		2,195			2,476			2,550
Securities (gains)		(5,561	)		—			(188	)
Other-than-temporary loss		—			1,684			—
Income from life insurance policies, net		(1,388	)		(939	)		(1,230	)
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense		(3,032	)		1,181			(997	)
Proceeds from sale of loans		618,857			452,310			534,677
Gains on sales of loans, net		(9,480	)		(8,587	)		(8,893	)
Originations of loans held for sale		(619,863	)		(447,755	)		(529,005	)
Amortization of premiums on investment securities		2,269			406			415
Accretion of discounts on investment securities		(1,350	)		(628	)		(444	)
(Increase) Decrease in accrued interest receivable		(85	)		(1,791	)		(1,236	)
(Decrease) Increase in accrued interest payable		(755	)		(1,525	)		261
Increase (Decrease) in due to factored clients		31,780			3,493			(9,517	)
(Decrease) Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities		(10,150	)		(4,798	)		(3,054	)
(Increase) Decrease in other assets		(10,561	)		(6,659	)		(4,036	)
Loss on OREO		32			326			331
Other, net		—			—			(128	)

Net cash provided by operating activities		30,230			13,525			753

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of premises and equipment		(1,149	)		(1,965	)		(2,405	)
Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits with other banks		(23,009	)		(12,969	)		281
Net decrease in Federal funds sold		—			—			20,000
Net decrease (increase) in loans held in portfolio		13,778			(28,002	)		(96,432	)
Net increase in short-term factored receivables		(30,729	)		(9,139	)		20,149
Decrease in other real estate		2,196			2,136			1,513
Proceeds from calls/sales of securities—available for sale		395,632			34,555			30,423
Proceeds from calls of securities—held to maturity		40,000			—			34,110
Proceeds from prepayments, redemptions or maturities of securities—held to maturity		82,059			60,673			78,986
Proceeds from redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank Stock		4,725			16,556			2,309
Purchases of securities—held to maturity		(211,552	)		—			(54,116	)
Proceeds from prepayments, redemptions or maturities—available for sale		132,043			153,264			153,899
Purchases of securities—available for sale		(378,790	)		(404,512	)		(295,145	)
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock		(503	)		(22,770	)		(4,950	)
Cash paid in acquisition		(21,333	)		—			—

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		3,368			(212,173	)		(111,378	)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in noninterest-bearing demand deposits		81,752			(36,438	)		(4,875	)
Net increase in savings, NOW, money market deposits		27,810			96,759			19,846
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits		113,281			(195,155	)		(3,798	)
Net (decrease) increase in Federal funds purchased		(90,000	)		66,000			65,000
Net (decrease) increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase		(23,286	)		(25,920	)		17,451
Net (decrease) increase in commercial paper and other short-term borrowings		(118,264	)		117,906			39,191
(Decrease) Increase in long-term borrowings		(20,000	)		110,000			20,000
Purchase of treasury shares		—			—			(13,622	)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		197			2,589			1,010
Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares and warrant to purchase common shares		—			42,000			—
Cash dividends paid on common shares		(10,131	)		(13,674	)		(13,755	)
Cash dividends paid on preferred shares		(1,878	)		—			—

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(40,519	)		164,067			126,448

CASH FLOW FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Operating cash flows		—			—			531

Total		—			—			531

Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks		(6,921	)		(34,581	)		16,354
Cash and due from banks—beginning of year		31,832			66,413			50,059

Cash and due from banks—end of year	$	24,911		$	31,832		$	66,413

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	20,051		$	34,920		$	47,299
Income taxes paid		5,759			9,245			2,286
Loans held for sale transferred to portfolio		—			3,619			12,785
Loans in portfolio transferred to other real estate		2,069			2,336			1,272
Due to brokers on purchases of securities available for sale		—			15,446			—

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

PAGE 63

Sterling National Bank
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION


December 31,	2009			2008

	(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	24,874		$	31,800
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks		36,958			13,949

Securities available for sale (at estimated fair value; pledged: $150,034 in 2009 and $334,048 in 2008)		345,548			492,031
Securities held to maturity (pledged: $278,598 in 2009 and $206,726 in 2008) (estimated fair value: $396,150 in 2009 and $305,628 in 2008)		390,539			301,127

Total investment securities		736,087			793,158

Loans held for sale		33,889			23,403

Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts		1,180,254			1,184,536
Less allowance for loan losses		19,872			16,010

Loans, net		1,160,382			1,168,526

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan bank stock, at cost		8,482			12,705
Customers’ liability under acceptances		27			95
Goodwill		1,742			1,742
Premises and equipment, net		9,646			10,650
Other real estate		1,385			1,544
Accrued interest receivable		9,000			8,899
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		45,249			42,826
Other assets		59,741			50,000

Total assets	$	2,127,462		$	2,159,297


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	549,414		$	512,065
Savings, NOW and money market deposits		620,281			575,401
Time deposits		442,315			329,034

Total deposits		1,612,010			1,416,500
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers		21,048			44,334
Federal funds purchased		41,000			131,000
Short-term borrowings—FHLB		—			75,000
Short-term borrowings—FRB		50,000			100,000
Short-term borrowings—other		2,509			1,338
Long-term borrowings—FHLB		130,000			150,000
Acceptances outstanding		27			95
Accrued interest payable		1,282			2,039
Due to factored clients		82,401			50,621
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		43,195			60,889

Total liabilities		1,983,472			2,031,816

Commitments and contingent liabilities
Shareholder’s Equity
Common stock, $50 par value Authorized and issued, 358,526 shares		17,926			17,926
Capital surplus		19,763			19,763
Undivided profits		115,270			102,506
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(8,969	)		(12,714	)

Total shareholder’s equity		143,990			127,481

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity	$	2,127,462		$	2,159,297

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

PAGE 64

Sterling Bancorp
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Sterling Bancorp (the “parent company”) is a financial holding company, pursuant to an election made under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. Throughout the notes, the term the “Company” refers to Sterling Bancorp and its subsidiaries and the term the “bank” refers to Sterling National Bank and its subsidiaries. The Company provides a full range of financial products and services, including business and consumer loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending and brokerage, asset-based financing, factoring/accounts receivable management services, trade financing, leasing, deposit services, trust and estate administration and investment management services. The Company has operations principally in New York and conducts business throughout the United States.

The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), which, effective for all interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, principally consist of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”). FASB Codification Topic 105: Generally Accepted Accounting Principles establishes the FASB Codification as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), under authority of federal securities laws, are also sources of authoritative guidance for SEC registrants. All guidance contained in the FASB Codification carries an equal level of authority. All non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the FASB Codification is superseded and deemed non-authoritative.

The following summarizes the significant accounting policies of the Company with specific references being to the FASB Codification.

(a) Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, principally the bank, after elimination of intercompany transactions.

Generally, U.S. GAAP requires that all entities in which a company has a controlling financial interest be consolidated. The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether it holds ownership of a majority voting interest. However, certain entities may not have voting interests or decision-making abilities because the controlling financial interest is achieved through other arrangements. These variable interest entities (“VIEs”) may still require consolidation even though equity investors do not have the typical characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. The parent company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Sterling Bancorp Trust I, is a VIE for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of this entity are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(b) General Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make assumptions and estimates which impact the amounts reported in those statements and are, by their nature, subject to change in the future as additional information becomes available or as circumstances vary. Actual results could differ from management’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these significant estimates. Several accounting estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses and asset impairment judgments, such as other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities and the accounting for income taxes. The judgments used by management in applying these critical accounting policies may be affected by a further and prolonged deterioration or lack of significant improvement in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results. For example, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods, and the inability to collect outstanding principal may result in increased loan losses.

The Company evaluates subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued.

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ consolidated financial statements to conform to the current presentation. Throughout the notes, dollar amounts presented in tables are in thousands, except per share data.

(c) Adoption of New Accounting Standards

In September 2006, the FASB issued guidance that defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This

PAGE 65

guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy about the assumptions used to measure fair value and clarifies assumptions about risk and the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset. The guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the FASB issued guidance that delayed the effective date of this fair value guidance for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in an acquiree, including the recognition and measurement of goodwill acquired in a business combination. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which is recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity within the consolidated balance sheets. The guidance was effective as of the beginning of the first fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued guidance that amends and expands the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The guidance requires qualitative disclosure about objectives and strategies for using derivative and hedging instruments, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of the instruments and gains and losses on such instruments, as well as disclosures about credit-risk features in derivative agreements. The guidance was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged.

In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance which requires the effects of events that occur subsequent to the balance-sheet date be evaluated through the date the financial statements are either issued or available to be issued. Companies should disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated and whether that date is the date the financial statements were issued or the date the financial statements were available to be issued. Companies are required to reflect in their financial statements the effects of subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions at the balance-sheet date (recognized subsequent events). Companies are also prohibited from reflecting in their financial statements the effects of subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that arose after the balance-sheet date (non-recognized subsequent events), but requires information about those events to be disclosed if the financial statements would otherwise be misleading. This guidance was effective for interim and annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009 with prospective application. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued guidance which addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”) under the two-class method. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. This guidance was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. All prior-period EPS data presented were to be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected financial data) to conform to the provisions of this guidance. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2008, the FASB issued guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other post-retirement plan. These additional disclosures include disclosure of investment policies and fair value disclosures of plan assets, including fair value hierarchy. The guidance also includes a technical amendment that requires a nonpublic entity to disclose net periodic benefit cost for each annual period for which a statement of income is presented. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. Upon initial application, provisions of the guidance are not required for earlier periods that are presented for comparative purposes. The new disclosures have been presented in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB amended existing guidance for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary for debt securities. The guidance requires an entity to assess whether

PAGE 66

it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria are met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income and (2) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. Additionally, disclosures about other-than-temporary impairments for debt and equity securities were expanded. This guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The effect of adopting of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that emphasizes that the objective of a fair value measurement does not change even when market activity for the asset or liability has decreased significantly. Fair value is the price that would be received for an asset sold or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. When observable transactions or quoted prices are not considered orderly, then little, if any, weight should be assigned to the indication of the asset or liability’s fair value. Adjustments to those transactions or prices should be applied to determine the appropriate fair value. The guidance, which was applied prospectively, was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2009, the FASB amended existing guidance for the fair value measurement of liabilities by clarifying that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset, quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets, or that is consistent with existing fair value guidance. The amendments in this guidance also clarify that both a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability at the measurement date and the quoted price for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market when no adjustments to the quoted price of the asset are required are Level 1 fair value measurements. The guidance was effective for the first reporting period beginning after issuance. The effect of adopting this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

(d) Newly Issued Not Yet Effective Standards

In June 2009, the FASB amended previous guidance relating to transfers of financial assets and eliminates the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity. This guidance must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. This guidance must be applied to transfers occurring on or after the effective date. Additionally, on and after the effective date, the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity is no longer relevant for accounting purposes. Therefore, formerly qualifying special-purpose entities should be evaluated for consolidation by reporting entities on and after the effective date in accordance with the applicable consolidation guidance. The disclosure provisions were also amended and apply to transfers that occurred both before and after the effective date of this guidance. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB amended guidance for consolidation of variable interest entity guidance by replacing the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. Additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in VIEs are also required. This guidance is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Early adoption is prohibited. The effect of adopting this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

(e) Investment Securities

Securities are designated at the time of acquisition as available for sale or held to maturity. Securities that the Company will hold for indefinite periods of time and that might be sold in the future as part of efforts to manage interest rate risk or in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment

PAGE 67

risk, changes in market conditions or changes in economic factors are classified as available for sale and carried at estimated fair values. Net aggregate unrealized gains or losses are reported, net of taxes, as a component of shareholders’ equity through other comprehensive income. Securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are designated as held to maturity and are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the period to maturity. Interest income includes the amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of purchase discounts. Gains and losses realized on sales of securities are determined on the specific identification method and are reported in noninterest income.

Securities pledged as collateral are disclosed parenthetically in the Consolidated Balance Sheets if the secured party has the right by contract or custom to sell or repledge the collateral. Securities are pledged by the Company to secure trust and public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, advances from the FHLB and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

A periodic review is conducted by management to determine if the decline in the fair value of any security appears to be other-than-temporary. Factors considered in determining whether the decline is other-than-temporary include, but are not limited to: the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery of cost. If the decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, and the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security until there is a recovery of cost, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting credit component of the loss is reported in noninterest income and the remainder of the loss is recorded in shareholder’s equity. If the Company does not have the ability and intent to hold the security until there is a recovery of cost, the full amount of the other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in noninterest income.

(f) Loans

Loans (including factored accounts receivable), other than those held for sale, are reported at their principal amount outstanding, net of unearned discounts and unamortized nonrefundable fees and direct costs associated with their origination or acquisition. Interest earned on loans without discounts is credited to income based on loan principal amounts outstanding at appropriate interest rates. Material origination and other nonrefundable fees net of direct costs and discounts on loans (excluding factored accounts receivable) are credited to income over the terms of the loans using a method that results in an approximately constant effective yield. Nonrefundable fees on the purchase of accounts receivable are credited to “Factoring income” at the time of purchase, which, based on our analysis, does not produce results that are materially different from the results under the amortization method specified in FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables.

Mortgage loans held for sale, including deferred fees and costs, are reported at the lower of cost or fair value as determined by outstanding commitments from investors or current investor yield requirements calculated on the aggregate loan basis, and are included under the caption “Loans held for sale” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized in a valuation allowance by a charge to income. Mortgage loans are sold, including servicing rights, without recourse. Gains or losses resulting from sales of mortgage loans, net of unamortized deferred fees and costs, are recognized when the proceeds are received from investors and are included under the caption “Mortgage banking income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In connection with its mortgage banking activities, the Company has commitments to fund loans held for sale and commitments to sell loans which are considered derivative instruments under FASB Codification Topic 815: Derivatives and Hedging. The fair values of these free-standing derivative instruments were immaterial at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Nonaccrual loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans, including loans that are individually identified as being impaired under FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables, are generally placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, principal or interest is not likely to be paid in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and collateral, if any, is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed against interest income. Interest income is recognized on non-accrual loans only to the extent received in cash. However, where there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectibility of the loan principal, cash receipts, whether designated as principal or interest, are thereafter applied to reduce the carrying value of the loan. Loans are restored to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

(g) Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses, which is available for losses incurred in the loan portfolio, is increased by a provision charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries.

PAGE 68

The Company’s allowance for loan losses includes (1) specific valuation allowances for impaired loans evaluated in accordance with FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables and (2) formulaic allowances based on historical loss experience by loan category, as adjusted for various evaluation factors, including those described below.

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. Under the provisions of FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables, individually identified impaired loans are measured based on the present value of payments expected to be received, using the historical effective loan rate as the discount rate. Alternatively, measurement may also be based on observable market prices; or, for loans that are solely dependent on the collateral for repayment, measurement may be based on the fair value of the collateral. Loans that are to be foreclosed are measured based on the fair value of the collateral. If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is required as a component of the allowance for loan losses. Changes to the valuation allowance are recorded as a component of the provision for loan losses.

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is reviewed regularly by management. The allowance for loan losses is maintained through the provision for loan losses. The adequacy of the provision and the resulting allowance for loan losses is determined by management’s continuing review of the loan portfolio, including identification and review of individual problem situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, review of overall portfolio quality through an analysis of current charge-offs, delinquency and nonperforming loan data, estimates of the value of any underlying collateral, review of regulatory examinations, an assessment of current and expected economic conditions and changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio. The allowance reflects management’s evaluation both of loans presenting identified loss potential and of the risk inherent in various components of the portfolio, including loans identified as impaired as required by FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables. Thus, an increase in the size of the portfolio or in any of its components could necessitate an increase in the allowance even though there may not be a decline in credit quality or an increase in potential problem loans. A significant change in any of the evaluation factors described above could result in future additions to the allowance.

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires the Company to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Continuing deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside the Company’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, the Company will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

(h) Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The bank is required to maintain a minimum level of investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) stock based on specific percentages of its outstanding mortgages, total assets or FHLB advances. FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stocks are restricted because they may only be sold to another member institution or the FHLB or FRB at their par values. Due to restrictive terms, and the lack of a readily determinable market value, FHLB and FRB stocks are shown separately in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and carried at cost.

(i) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill, representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired, reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets arose from the parent company’s acquisition of the bank (in 1968) and the acquisition of Sterling Resource Funding Corp (in 2006). Goodwill is assigned to the Corporate lending unit for segment reporting purposes. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Codification Topic 350: Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, under which goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite useful life, and therefore not amortized, and the Company is required to complete an annual assessment by segment for any impairment of goodwill. Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value. The Company has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment testing. The impairment would be treated as an expense in the income statement. There was no impairment expense recorded in 2009, 2008 or 2007.

PAGE 69

Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our balance sheet and is tested for impairment using a two-step approach that initially involves the identification of “reporting units” and the estimation of their respective fair values. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carry value of the reporting unit, a goodwill impairment loss would be recognized as a charge to expense for any excess of the goodwill carrying amount over its implied fair value.

Other intangible assets consist of acquired customer contracts and assets arising from a purchase of assets as of April 6, 2009. They were initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on a straight-line method over their estimated useful life of 2 years.

(j) Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment, excluding land, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization as applicable. Land is reported at cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis and is charged to noninterest expense over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Useful lives are 7 years for furniture fixtures and equipment, between 3 and 7 years for ATMs, computer hardware and software, and 10 years for building improvements. Amortization of leasehold improvements is charged to noninterest expense over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to noninterest expenses as incurred.

(k) Foreclosed Assets

Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Costs after acquisition are generally expensed. If the fair value of the asset declines, a write-down is recorded through expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions.

(l) Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies

The bank invested in Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) policies to fund certain future employee benefit costs. In addition, the parent company and the bank own endorsement split-dollar life insurance policies on certain key executives. The cash surrender value, net of surrender charges, of these insurance policies is recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the caption “Cash surrender value of bank owned and other life insurance policies.” Changes in the cash surrender value, net of surrender charges, of BOLI policies are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the caption “Income from bank owned life insurance policies.” Changes in the cash surrender value, net of surrender charges, of the endorsement split-dollar life insurance policies are netted against premium expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the caption “Employee benefits.” As discussed more fully in Note 20 beginning on page 90, the Company adopted new accounting requirements related to bank-owned life insurance included in FASB Codification Topic 715: Compensation—Retirement Benefits on January 1, 2008 as a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings.

(m) Repurchase Agreements

The Company sells certain securities under agreements to repurchase and receives cash as collateral. The agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The carrying value of the securities underlying the agreements remains reflected as an asset.

(n) Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company’s hedging policies permit the use of various derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk or to hedge specified assets and liabilities. All derivatives are recorded at fair value on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. To qualify for hedge accounting, derivatives must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and must be designated as a hedge at the inception of the derivative contract. The Company considers a hedge to be highly effective if the change in fair value of the derivative hedging instrument is within 80% to 120% of the opposite change in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. If derivative instruments are designated as hedges of fair values, and such hedges are highly effective, both the change in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item are included in current earnings. Fair value adjustments related to cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income and are reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction is reflected in earnings. Ineffective portions of hedges are reflected in earnings as they occur. Actual cash receipts and/or payments and related accruals on derivatives related to hedges are recorded as adjustments to the interest income or interest expense associated with the hedged item. During the life of the hedge, the Company formally assesses whether derivatives designated as hedging instruments continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items. If it is determined that a hedge has ceased to be highly effective, the Company will discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. At such time, previous adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are reversed into current earnings and the derivative instrument is reclassified to a trading position recorded at fair value. Changes in the fair value of

PAGE 70

derivative financial instruments not designated as hedges for accounting purposes are reflected in income or expense at measurement dates. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company was not a party to any financial instrument derivative agreement.

The Company may be required to recognize certain contracts and commitments as derivatives when the characteristics of those contracts and commitments meet the definition of a derivative.

(o) Impact of Current Economic Conditions

Current economic conditions, including illiquid credit markets, volatile equity, foreign currency and energy markets, and reduced consumer spending, have combined to increase risk and uncertainty across industries. The Company considers the current economic conditions and their impact on the financial results and operations of the Company discussed above, including the determination of fair value of investment securities or derivative financial instruments the Company holds, the establishment of allowance for loan losses, the impairment of any asset and any other amounts reported in the financial statements of the Company that may be affected in the near term.

(p) Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax expense (benefit) is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance provided for that portion of the assets for which it is more likely than not that it will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and will be adjusted for the effects of future changes in tax laws or rates, if any.

For income tax purposes, the parent company files: a consolidated Federal income tax return; combined New York City and New York State income tax returns; and separate state income tax returns for its out-of-state subsidiaries. The parent company, under tax sharing agreements, either pays or collects current income taxes due to or due from its subsidiaries.

A recent change in New York State tax law generally requires a REIT that is majority owned by a New York State bank to be included in the bank’s combined New York State tax return. The Company believes that it qualifies for the small-bank exception to this rule. If, contrary to this belief, Sterling Real Estate Holding Company, Inc. were required to be included in the Company’s New York State combined tax return, the Company’s effective tax rate would increase.

Under the small-bank exception, dividends received by the bank from SREHC, a real estate investment trust, are subject to a 60% dividends-received deduction, which results in only 40% of the dividends being subject to New York State tax. The possible reform of the New York State banking corporation tax mentioned under “ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS—RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS—Possible New York State Legislative Changes May Negatively Affect the Amount of Taxes We Pay in Future Years” could require SREHC to file a combined return with the Company and substantially eliminate the benefit of the 60% dividends-received deduction by causing generally all of SREHC’s income to be subject to New York State tax as part of the Company’s combined return.

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Codification Topic 740: Income Taxes, which discusses the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements. U.S. GAAP also prescribes a specified recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as, provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

(q) Statements of Cash Flows

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from banks.

(r) Stock Incentive Plan

At December 31, 2009, the Company had a stock-based employee compensation plan, which is described more fully in Note 19.

Employee stock options generally expire ten years from the date of grant and become non-forfeitable one year from date of grant, although if necessary to qualify to the maximum extent possible as incentive stock options, these options become exercisable in annual installments. Director non-qualified stock options generally expire five years from the date of grant and become non-forfeitable and become exercisable in four annual installments starting one year from date of grant. Stock-based compensation is recognized in compensation expense as described more fully in Note 19 over the period from date of grant to the date on which the options become non-forfeitable.

(s) Earnings Per Average Common Share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing income available to common stockholders (which is net income less dividends on preferred stock and related discount accretions)

PAGE 71

by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company.

(t) Immaterial Corrections

Management has made an immaterial correction to the classification in prior years’ balance sheet of certain loan principal payments received from borrowers. Loan principal payments of approximately $37.0 million at December 31, 2008 that were previously reported as noninterest-bearing demand deposits have now been applied to reduce loans held in portfolio, net. Total loans, total assets, total deposits and total liabilities at December 31, 2008 have each been reduced by that amount. Since a comparable amount of loan payments had been misclassified in earlier years, the correction also resulted in a decrease of approximately $2.6 million in net cash used in investing activities and an equal decrease in net cash provided by financing activities in 2008, and an increase of approximately $6.2 million in net cash used in investing activities and an equal increase in net cash provided by financing activities in 2007. The correction had no effect on the consolidated statements of income.

Management has also made an immaterial correction to the disclosure of fair values and unrealized losses on securities at December 31, 2008 according to the period of time the securities had been in an unrealized loss position. The correction had no effect on total fair values or total unrealized losses as previously reported, or on any amounts reported in the 2008 consolidated financial statements. The following table presents the fair values and unrealized losses at December 31, 2008 as previously reported and as corrected (see note 5):


	December 31, 2008				December 31, 2008

	Losses less than 12 months				Losses 12 months or longer

	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses

Available for sale securities
As previously reported	$	4,881	$	81	$	107,234	$	2,993
As corrected		88,373		2,428		23,742		646
Held to maturity securities
As previously reported		13,285		176		67,273		467
As corrected		37,260		194		43,298		449

The revisions to the financial statements were not considered material to any prior periods.

NOTE 2.

ACQUISITION AND DISPOSITION

As of April 1, 2006, Sterling Resource Funding Corp., a subsidiary of the bank, completed the acquisition of the business and certain assets ($64.1 million) and liabilities ($21.0 million) of PL Services, L.P., a provider of credit and accounts receivable management services to the staffing industry, in an all cash transaction. A general allowance for loan losses in the amount of $1.8 million was carried over. Goodwill recognized in this transaction amounted to $1.7 million and was assigned to the Corporate Lending unit for segment reporting purposes. This acquisition, when considered under relevant disclosure guidance, does not require the presentation of separate pro forma financial information.

PAGE 72

In September 2006, the Company sold for cash the business conducted by Sterling Financial Services (“Sterling Financial”), which included a loan portfolio of approximately $132 million. The results of the winding up of operations of Sterling Financial have been reported as a discontinued operation in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2007. Total revenues generated by the operations of Sterling Financial amounted to $404 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the income tax benefit associated with discontinued operations, exclusive of loss on sale, was $512 thousand. Income taxes were calculated using a “with and without” methodology that resulted in an overall tax rate of 39.16% in 2007.

On April 6, 2009, Sterling Factors Corporation, a subsidiary of the bank, acquired substantially all of the assets and customer accounts of DCD Capital, LLC and DCD Trade Services, LLC for a cash price of $21.3 million. The acquired assets and customer accounts are included in a division of Sterling Factors Corporation under the name Sterling Trade Capital. As part of the purchase, an intangible asset related to the customer contracts and accounts acquired was created and valued at $1.1 million. This intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line method over the estimated 2-year life of the asset. At December 31, 2009, the intangible asset had a carrying value of $688 thousand.

NOTE 3.

CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

The bank is required to maintain average reserves, net of vault cash, on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York against outstanding domestic deposits and certain other liabilities. The reserves maintained, which are reported in cash and due from banks, were $35.6 million and $13.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Average required reserves during 2009 and 2008 were $5.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively.

Beginning on October 9, 2008, the Federal Reserve started to pay interest on required reserve balances and excess balances. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company received interest from the Federal Reserve amounting to $87 thousand and $9 thousand, respectively.

NOTE 4.

MONEY MARKET INVESTMENTS

The Company’s money market investments include interest-bearing deposits with other banks and Federal funds sold. The following table presents information regarding money market investments.


Years Ended December 31,		2009			2008			2007

Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
At December 31	—Balance	$	36,958		$	13,949		$	980
	—Average interest rate		0.24	%		1.20	%		3.16	%
	—Average original maturity		5 Days			68 Days			115 Days
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		78,603			14,431			4,449
	—Daily average balance		36,804			5,727			3,033
	—Average interest rate earned		0.23	%		0.74	%		3.86	%
	—Range of interest rates earned		0.06–0.25	%		0.05–4.21	%		1.50–5.36	%

Federal funds sold
At December 31	—Balance	$	—		$	—		$	—
	—Average interest rate		—			—			—
	—Average original maturity		—			—			—
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		—			2,500			120,000
	—Daily average balance		—			444			23,219
	—Average interest rate earned		—			1.84	%		5.32	%
	—Range of interest rates earned		—			1.00–3.00	%		4.50–5.38	%

PAGE 73

NOTE 5.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale are as follows:


December 31, 2009	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$	2,882	$	—	$	5	$	2,877
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)		5,563		171		—		5,734
CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)		9,181		—		133		9,048
Federal National Mortgage Association		21,055		868		71		21,852
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		10,321		299		—		10,620
Government National Mortgage Association		6,807		351		1		7,157

Total residential mortgage-backed securities		55,809		1,689		210		57,288
Agency notes
Federal National Mortgage Association		20,291		—		835		19,456
Federal Home Loan Bank		83,983		6		1,039		82,950
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		4,995		—		96		4,899
Federal Farm Credit Bank		24,999		—		669		24,330

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		190,077		1,695		2,849		188,923
Obligations of state and political institutions		22,820		1,061		17		23,864
Single-issuer trust preferred securities		4,878		—		395		4,483
Corporate debt securities		127,900		1,382		82		129,200
Other securities		44		12		—		56

Total	$	345,719	$	4,150	$	3,343	$	346,526


December 31, 2008

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$	8,771	$	1	$	72	$	8,700
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)		22,276		60		223		22,113
CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)		6,610		—		45		6,565
Federal National Mortgage Association		100,712		2,116		40		102,788
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		37,719		832		15		38,536
Government National Mortgage Association		31,463		723		6		32,180

Total residential mortgage-backed securities		207,551		3,732		401		210,882
Agency notes
Federal Home Loan Bank		153,977		1,224		526		154,675
Federal Farm Credit Bank		89,918		232		306		89,844

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		451,446		5,188		1,233		455,401
Obligations of state and political institutions		23,058		567		219		23,406
Single-issuer trust preferred securities		5,369		224		1,384		4,209
Corporate debt securities		9,962		—		238		9,724
Other securities		44		13		—		57

Total	$	489,879	$	5,992	$	3,074	$	492,797

PAGE 74

The carrying value and fair value of securities held to maturity are as follows:

December 31, 2009

Carrying Value

Gross Unrealized Gains

Gross Unrealized Losses

Fair
Value

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises

Residential mortgage-backed securities

CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)

10,863

339

—

11,202

CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)

16,964

573

—

17,537

Federal National Mortgage Association

103,821

4,329

108,148

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

61,095

2,005

—

63,100

Government National Mortgage Association

5,989

501

—

6,490

Total residential mortgage-backed securities

198,732

7,747

206,477

Agency notes

Federal National Mortgage Association

97,147

1,742

95,419

Federal Home Loan Bank

19,849

—

474

19,375

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

10,000

—

218

9,782

Federal Farm Credit Bank

5,088

—

4,994

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises

330,816

7,761

2,530

336,047

Obligations of state and political institutions

59,473

737

357

59,853

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

250

—

250

Total

390,539

8,498

2,887

396,150


December 31, 2008

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$	12,099	$	11	$	65	$	12,045
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)		20,181		104		189		20,096
Federal National Mortgage Association		142,312		2,929		94		145,147
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		98,901		1,299		296		99,904
Government National Mortgage Association		7,384		339		—		7,723

Total residential mortgage-backed securities		280,877		4,682		644		284,915
Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes		20,000		463		—		20,463

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		300,877		5,145		644		305,378
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		250		—		—		250

Total	$	301,127	$	5,145	$	644	$	305,628

The Company invests principally in obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises and other investment-grade securities. The fair value of these investments fluctuates based on several factors, including credit quality and general interest rate changes. The Company determined that it is not more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell before anticipated recovery.

At December 31, 2009, approximately $78.3 million, representing approximately 10.62%, of the Company’s held to maturity and available for sale securities are comprised of securities issued by financial service companies/banks including single-issuer trust preferred securities (7 issuers), corporate debt (16 issuers) and equity securities (8 issuers). These investments may pose a higher risk of future impairment charges as result of a continued deterioration or lack of significant improvement of the U.S. economy. The Company would be required to recognize impairment charges on these securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other than temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on the Company’s investment portfolio and may result in other-than-temporary impairment on certain investment securities in future periods.

PAGE 75

The following table presents information regarding securities available for sale with temporary unrealized losses for the periods indicated:


	Less Than 12 Months								12 Months or Longer							Total

December 31, 2009	Fair Value				Unrealized Losses				Fair Value			Unrealized Losses				Fair Value				Unrealized Losses

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$		2,877		$		5		$	—		$		—		$		2,877		$	5
CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)			4,926				91			4,122				42				9,048			133
Federal National Mortgage Association			2,057				71			—				—				2,057			71
Government National Mortgage Association			—				—			123				1				123			1

Total residential mortgage-backed securities			9,860				167			4,245				43				14,105			210
Agency notes
Federal National Mortgage Association			19,456				835			—				—				19,456			835
Federal Home Loan Bank			68,231				751			9,713				288				77,944			1,039
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation			4,899				96			—				—				4,899			96
Federal Farm Credit Bank			24,330				669			—				—				24,330			669

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises			126,776				2,518			13,958				331				140,734			2,849
Obligations of state and political institutions			872				17			—				—				872			17
Single-issuer trust preferred securities			—				—			3,540				395				3,540			395
Corporate debt securities			23,575				82			—				—				23,575			82

Total	$		151,223		$		2,617		$	17,498		$		726		$		168,721		$	3,343


December 31, 2008

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$	—		$		—		$		2,890	$		72		$		2,890		$		72
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)		5,378				40				9,125			183				14,503				223
CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)		—				—				6,565			45				6,565				45
Federal National Mortgage Association		3,161				7				3,906			33				7,067				40
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		1,676				15				—			—				1,676				15
Government National Mortgage Association		—				—				133			6				133				6

Total residential mortgage-backed securities		10,215				62				22,619			339				32,834				401
Agency notes
Federal Home Loan Bank		49,466				526				—			—				49,466				526
Federal Farm Credit Bank		9,694				306				—			—				9,694				306

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		69,375				894				22,619			339				91,994				1,233
Obligations of state and political institutions		6,490				181				414			38				6,904				219
Single-issuer trust preferred securities		2,784				1,115				709			269				3,493				1,384
Corporate debt securities		9,724				238				—			—				9,724				238

Total	$	88,373		$		2,428		$		23,742	$		646		$		112,115		$		3,074

At December 31, 2009, the Company held 2 residential mortgage-backed debt securities, in the available for sale portfolio, that were in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. Both of these securities were obligations of a government sponsored enterprise which guarantees principal and interest payment. Management has concluded that the unrealized losses are due to changes in market interest rates and/or changes in securities markets which resulted from temporary illiquidity and/or uncertainty in those markets. As a result, the unrealized losses are deemed to be temporary.

PAGE 76

At December 31, 2009, the Company held no security positions of issuers of obligations of states and political institutions, that were in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.

The following table presents information regarding available for sale single-issuer, trust preferred securities at December 31, 2009:


	TARP Recipient		Credit Rating		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss

	(in thousands)
Sovereign Capital Trust V, 7.75%, due 5/15/2036,		No		BBB+	$	1,000	$	1,000	$	—
owned by Banco Santander Central Hispano		No

Sterling Bancorp Trust I, 8.375%, due 3/31/2032		Yes		NA		979		922		(57	)

NPB Capital Trust II, 7.85%, due 9/30/2032		Yes		NA		127		105		(22	)

VNB Capital Trust I, 7.75%, due 12/15/2031		Yes		BBB-		22		22		—

HSBC Finance, 6.875%, due 1/30/2033,		No		A		740		738		(2	)
owned by HSBC Group, PLC		No

Citigroup Capital VII, 7.125%, due 7/31/2031		Yes		B+		1,508		1,253		(255	)

Fleet Capital Trust VIII, 7.20%, due 3/15/2032,		No		BB		502		443		(59	)
owned by Bank of America Corporation		Yes

Total					$	4,878	$	4,483	$	(395	)

At December 31, 2009, the Company held 7 security positions of single-issuer bank trust preferred securities and 28 security positions of corporate debt securities issued by financial institutions all which are paying in accordance with their terms and have no deferrals of interest or other deferrals. In addition, management analyzes the performance of the issuers on a quarterly basis, including a review of the issuers, most recent bank regulatory report to assess credit risk and the probability of impairment of the contractual cash flows of the applicable securities. Based upon management’s fourth quarter review, all of the issuers have maintained performance levels adequate to support the contractual cash flows of the securities.

As of December 31, 2009, management does not have the intent to sell any of the securities classified as available for sale in the tables above and believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell any such securities before recovery of cost.

During 2008, the Company recognized OTTI charges on 1 trust preferred security and 1 corporate debt security totaling $1.7 million which were included in noninterest income under the caption “Other-than-temporary losses.” These securities were subsequently sold at a minimal gain.

PAGE 77

The following table presents information regarding securities held to maturity with temporary unrealized losses for the periods indicated:

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Longer

Total

December 31, 2009

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises

Residential mortgage-backed securities Federal National Mortgage Association

—

459

Total residential mortgage-backed securities

—

459

Agency Notes

Federal National Mortgage Association

86,027

1,742

—

86,027

1,742

Federal Home Loan Bank

19,375

474

—

19,375

474

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

9,782

218

—

9,782

218

Federal Farm Credit Bank

4,994

—

4,994

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises

120,178

2,528

459

120,637

2,530

Obligations of state and political institutions

16,478

357

—

16,478

357

Total

136,656

2,885

459

137,115

2,887


December 31, 2008

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Residential mortgage-backed securities
CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)	$	—	$	—	$	8,059	$	65	$	8,059	$	65
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)		937		5		14,563		184		15,500		189
Federal National Mortgage Association		20,942		88		781		6		21,723		94
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation		15,381		101		19,895		195		35,276		296

Total	$	37,260	$	194	$	43,298	$	450	$	80,558	$	644

At December 31, 2009, the Company held 1 residential mortgaged-backed debt security, in the held to maturity portfolio, that was in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. This security was an obligation of a government sponsored enterprise which guarantees principal and interest payments. Management has concluded that the unrealized loss is due to changes in market interest rates and/or changes in securities markets which resulted from temporary illiquidity and/or uncertainty in those markets. Further, management has made an evaluation that the Company has the ability to hold this investment until maturity and, given its current intention to do so, anticipates that it will realize the full carrying value of its investment. As a result, the unrealized loss is deemed to be temporary.

Information regarding calls of held to maturity securities is as follows:


Years Ended December 31,		2009		2008		2007

Proceeds	$	40,000	$	—	$	34,110
Gross gains		—		—		—
Gross losses		—		—		4

There were no sales of held to maturity securities in 2009, 2008 or 2007.

Information regarding sales and/or calls of the available for sale securities is as follows:


Years Ended December 31,	2009		2008		2007

Proceeds	$	395,632	$	34,555	$	30,423
Gross gains		5,561		—		193
Gross losses		—		—		1

PAGE 78

Investment securities are pledged to secure trust and public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

NOTE 6.

LOANS

The major components of domestic loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio are as follows:


December 31,	2009		2008

Loans held for sale, net of valuation reserve ($7 at December 31, 2009 and $-0- December 31, 2008)
Real estate—residential mortgage	$	33,889	$	23,403

Loans held in portfolio
Commercial and industrial	$	587,038	$	533,614
Lease financing receivables		219,198		290,656
Factored receivables		140,265		89,364
Real estate—residential mortgage		124,681		142,135
Real estate—commercial mortgage		92,614		96,883
Real estate—construction and land development		24,277		25,249
Loans to individuals		12,984		18,959
Loans to depository institutions		20,000		25,000

Loans held in portfolio, gross		1,221,057		1,221,860
Less unearned discounts		25,642		37,275

Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts	$	1,195,415	$	1,184,585

There are no industry concentrations (exceeding 10% of loans, gross) in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio. Approximately 78% of loans are to borrowers located in the New York metropolitan area. A further deterioration in economic conditions within the region including a decline in real estate values, higher unemployment and other factors which could adversely impact small and mid-sized businesses, could have a significant adverse impact on the quality of the Company’s loan portfolio. In addition, a decline in real estate values and higher unemployment within the mid-Atlantic region and North Carolina could adversely impact the Company’s residential real estate loan portfolio.

As of December 31, 2009, approximately 70.5% of the Company’s loan portfolio consisted of commercial and industrial, factored receivables, construction and commercial real estate loans. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or consumer loans. These types of loans are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans. Because the Company’s loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and industrial, construction and commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans.

At December 31, 2009, the bank had qualified loans, at carrying value of approximately $356.5 million available to secure borrowings from the FHLB and the FRB. There were no loans pledged at either December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaled $18.0 million and $7.3 million, respectively. The interest income that would have been earned on nonaccrual loans outstanding at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, in accordance with their original terms, is estimated to be $1.5 million, $731 thousand and $655 thousand, respectively, for the years then ended. Applicable interest income actually realized was $743 thousand, $321 thousand and $222 thousand, respectively, for the aforementioned years, and there were no commitments to lend additional funds on nonaccrual loans.

Loans are made in the normal course of business to officers or directors (including their immediate families) of the Company or for the benefit of corporations in which they have a beneficial interest. There were no outstanding balances on such loans in excess of $60 thousand to any individual or entity at December 31, 2009 or 2008.

Approximately 22.4% or $29.2 million and 25.1% or $29.6 million of the Company’s net interest income and noninterest income are related to real estate lending in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Real estate prices in the U.S. market decreased significantly during 2008 and have continued to decrease in 2009. Continuing declines in real estate values could necessitate charge-offs in our mortgage loan portfolio that may be significant to our operating results. In addition, a sustained period of declining

PAGE 79

real estate values combined with the continued turbulence in the financial and credit markets would continue to limit our mortgage related revenues. A sustained period of reduced mortgage loan revenues could have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s operating results. The Company cannot predict whether, when or the manner in which the economic conditions described above will change.

NOTE 7.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES


Years Ended December 31,	2009		2008		2007

Balance at beginning of year	$	16,010	$	15,085	$	16,288
Provision for loan losses		27,900		8,325		5,853

		43,910		23,410		22,141

Less charge-offs, net of recoveries:
Charge-offs		24,886		7,135		6,490
Recoveries		1,552		747		706

Net charge-offs		23,334		6,388		5,784

Less losses on transfers to other real estate owned		704		1,012		1,272

Balance at end of year	$	19,872	$	16,010	$	15,085

The Company follows FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables, which establishes standards for measuring certain components of the allowance for loan losses. In particular, the Company considers the following factors when establishing the allowance for loan losses, among other things: historical-loss experience by type of credit and internal risk ratings, specific homogenous risk pools, specific loss allocations, and loan quality trends (including the levels of and trends related to nonaccrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries), with adjustments for current events and conditions (including any continuing credit deterioration). As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, $5.5 million, $4.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of loans were judged to be impaired within the scope of FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables, with interest income recognized on a cash basis. The average recorded investment in impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was approximately $5.2 million, $4.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The application of FASB Codification Topic 310: Receivables indicated that these loans required valuation allowances totaling $679 thousand, $285 thousand and $185 thousand at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which are included within the overall allowance for loan losses. The interest income that would have been earned on impaired loans outstanding at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 in accordance with their original terms is estimated to be $323 thousand, $23 thousand and $10 thousand, respectively, for the years then ended. Applicable interest income actually realized on a cash basis was $270, $-0- and $-0-, respectively, for the aforementioned years, and there were no commitments to lend additional funds on impaired loans.

The following table presents information regarding impaired loans:


December 31,	2009		2008

Balance of impaired loans with no allocated allowance	$	2,526	$	91
Balance of impaired loans with an allocated allowance		3,008		4,112

Total recorded investment in impaired loans	$	5,534	$	4,203

Amount of the allowance allocated to impaired loans	$	679	$	285

The impaired loans included in the table above in 2009 were primarily comprised of collateral dependent residential real estate loans. The December 31, 2008 balance was primarily comprised of lease financing receivables.

The average recorded investment in accruing impaired restructured loans was approximately $3.2 million, $4.2 million and $-0- for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The recognition of interest income on these accruing impaired loans is based upon an individual assessment of each loan; however, interest income is not accrued on a loan that is more than 90 days past due. Interest income recognized on these loans during impairment was approximately $270 thousand, $90 thousand and $-0- for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

PAGE 80

NOTE 8.

FEDERAL RESERVE AND FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK

The bank is required to maintain a minimum level of investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock (“FHLB”) based on specific percentages of its outstanding mortgages, total assets or FHLB advances. FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stocks are restricted because they may only be sold to another member institution or the FHLB or FRB at their par values. Due to restrictive terms, and the lack of a readily determinable market value, FHLB and FRB stocks are carried at cost.

NOTE 9.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The following table presents information on premises and equipment:


December 31,	2009		2008

Land and building	$	322	$	309
Furniture and equipment		13,701		14,607
Leasehold improvements		11,399		11,087

		25,422		26,003
Accumulated amortization and depreciation		15,764		15,335

Premises and equipment, net	$	9,658	$	10,668

Amortization and depreciation expense	$	2,195	$	2,476

NOTE 10.

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

The following table presents certain information for interest expense on deposits:


Years Ended December 31,	2009		2008		2007

Interest expense
Interest-bearing deposits in domestic offices
Savings	$	18	$	59	$	101
NOW		620		2,306		5,903
Money Market		3,252		4,038		7,079
Time
Three months or less		3,493		3,674		11,218
More than three months through twelve months		3,807		10,203		12,266
More than twelve months through twenty-four months		295		793		965
More than twenty-four months through thirty-six months		345		376		1,065
More than thirty-six months through forty-eight months		8		39		97
More than forty-eight months through sixty months		45		14		22
More than sixty months		—		—		41

		11,883		21,502		38,757
Interest-bearing deposits in foreign offices
Time
Three months or less		4		4		4
More than three months through twelve months		2		2		2

Total	$	11,889	$	21,508	$	38,763

PAGE 81

The aggregate of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits in denominations of $100 thousand or more was $301.6 million and $212.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The following table provides certain information with respect to the Company’s deposits at the end of the two most recent fiscal years:


December 31,	2009		2008

Domestic
Demand	$	546,337	$	464,585
NOW		266,343		224,754
Savings		17,497		18,083
Money Market		308,175		321,368
Time deposits by remaining maturity:
Three months or less		195,233		140,148
More than three months through six months		78,959		70,770
More than six months through twelve months		115,432		98,602
More than twelve months through twenty-four months		24,105		16,880
More than twenty-four months through thirty-six months		22,312		849
More than thirty-six months through forty-eight months		282		964
More than forty-eight months through sixty months		5,412		243
More than sixty months		—		—

Total domestic		1,580,087		1,357,246

Foreign
Three months or less		395		395
More than three months through six months		185		183

Total foreign		580		578

Total	$	1,580,667	$	1,357,824

The Company began participating in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on January 22, 2009. CDARS deposits totaled approximately $82.3 million at December 31, 2009.

Interest expense related to the aggregate of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits is presented below:


Years Ended December 31,	2009		2008		2007

Interest expense
Domestic	$	7,993	$	15,099	$	25,674
Foreign		6		6		6

Total	$	7,999	$	15,105	$	25,680

NOTE 11.

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The following table presents information regarding short-term borrowings:


Years Ended December 31,		2009			2008			2007

Federal funds purchased
At December 31	—Balance	$	41,000		$	131,000		$	65,000
	—Average interest rate		0.16	%		0.30	%		4.17	%
	—Average original maturity		1 Day			1 Day			1 Day
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		87,000			131,000			65,000
	—Daily average balance		25,075			50,368			9,281
	—Average interest rate paid		0.21	%		1.79	%		4.63	%
	—Range of interest rates paid		0.06–0.50	%		0.19–4.56	%		3.50–5.31	%

PAGE 82


Years Ended December 31,		2009			2008			2007

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers
At December 31	—Balance	$	21,048		$	44,334		$	60,054
	—Average interest rate		0.46	%		1.09	%		3.42	%
	—Average original maturity		36 Days			32 Days			37 Days
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		80,960			99,103			97,404
	—Daily average balance		72,892			89,602			80,649
	—Average interest rate paid		0.48	%		2.07	%		4.21	%
	—Range of interest rates paid		0.25–2.00	%		0.75–4.60	%		2.50–5.85	%

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers
At December 31	—Balance	$	—		$	—		$	10,200
	—Average interest rate		—			—			5.02	%
	—Average original maturity		—			—			7 Days
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		—			72,923			30,000
	—Daily average balance		—			41,808			6,470
	—Average interest rate paid		—			2.69	%		4.78	%
	—Range of interest rates paid		—			2.10–5.02	%		4.48–5.02	%

Commercial paper
At December 31	—Balance	$	17,297		$	11,732		$	20,878
	—Average interest rate		0.31	%		0.94	%		4.51	%
	—Average original maturity		34 Days			35 Days			61 Days
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		17,297			24,650			28,751
	—Daily average balance		13,107			17,806			26,731
	—Average interest rate paid		0.51	%		2.59	%		5.05	%
	—Range of interest rates paid		0.15–2.25	%		0.75–4.95	%		3.50–5.62	%

Short-term borrowings—FHLB
At December 31	—Balance	$	—		$	75,000		$	45,000
	—Average interest rate		—			0.46	%		4.11	%
	—Average original maturity		—			1 Day			1 Day
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		—			120,000			45,000
	—Daily average balance		3,411			69,708			7,082
	—Average interest rate paid		0.31	%		1.88	%		4.74	%
	—Range of interest rates paid		0.45–0.63	%		0.38–4.44	%		4.11–5.24	%

Short-term borrowings—FRB
At December 31	—Balance	$	50,000		$	100,000		$	—
	—Average interest rate		0.25	%		0.35	%		—
	—Average original maturity		70 Days			56 Days			—
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		235,000			100,000			—
	—Daily average balance		154,726			8,841			—
	—Average interest rate paid		0.26	%		0.53	%		—
	—Range of interest rates paid		0.25–0.50	%		0.28–2.50	%		—

Short-term borrowings—treasury tax and loan
At December 31	—Balance	$	2,509		$	1,338		$	4,285
	—Average interest rate		—			0.11	%		4.24	%
	—Average original maturity		1 Day			3 Days			3 Days
During the year	—Maximum month-end balance		4,262			5,250			4,285
	—Daily average balance		1,864			1,707			1,360
	—Average interest rate paid		—			2.04	%		4.87	%
	—Range of interest rates paid		—			0.16–3.94	%		4.24–5.26	%

The parent company has agreements with its line banks for back-up lines of credit for which it pays a fee at the annual rate of ¼ of 1% times the line of credit extended. At December 31, 2009, these back-up bank lines of credit totaled $19 million; no lines were used at any time during 2009, 2008 or 2007.

PAGE 83

NOTE 12.

LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

These borrowings represent advances from the FHLB and junior subordinated debt securities issued by the parent company.

The following table presents information regarding fixed rate FHLB advances:

December 31,

Advance
Type

Interest
Rate

Maturity
Date

Initial
Call Date

2009

2008

Callable

4.106

10/23/09

1/23/09

—

20,000

Callable

4.013

11/2/09

5/2/08

—

10,000

Callable

4.70

2/22/11

2/20/03

10,000

10,000

Callable

3.19

1/16/13

1/16/09

20,000

20,000

Callable

1.96

2/28/13

3/2/09

10,000

10,000

Callable

1.834

3/19/13

3/19/09

10,000

10,000

Callable

2.318

3/19/13

3/19/09

10,000

10,000

Callable

2.155

3/29/10

3/27/09

10,000

10,000

Callable

2.53

5/6/13

2/6/09

10,000

10,000

Callable

2.57

7/2/18

1/2/09

10,000

10,000

Callable

2.505

8/8/18

2/9/09

10,000

10,000

Callable

2.94

9/5/13

3/5/09

10,000

10,000

Callable

2.783

9/12/13

3/12/09

10,000

10,000

Term

2.26

7/16/12

—

10,000

—

Total

130,000

150,000

Weighted-average interest rate

2.69

2.99

Under the terms of a collateral agreement with the FHLB, advances are secured by stock in the FHLB and by certain qualifying assets (primarily mortgage-backed securities) having market values at least equal to 110% of the advances outstanding. After the initial call date, each callable advance is callable by the FHLB quarterly from the initial call date, at par.

In February 2002, the parent company completed its issuance of trust capital securities (“capital securities”) that raised $25 million ($24.1 million net proceeds after issuance costs). The 8.375% capital securities, due March 31, 2032, were issued by Sterling Bancorp Trust I (the “trust”), a wholly-owned non-consolidated statutory business trust. The trust was formed with initial capitalization of common stock and for the exclusive purpose of issuing the capital securities. The trust used the proceeds from the issuance of the capital securities to acquire $25.8 million junior subordinated debt securities that pay interest at 8.375% (“debt securities”) issued by the parent company. The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of the trust (which is a VIE), therefore the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability. The debt securities are due concurrently with the capital securities which may not be redeemed, except under limited circumstances, until March 31, 2007, and thereafter at a price equal to their principal amount plus interest accrued to the date of redemption. The Company may also reduce outstanding capital securities through open market purchases. During 2009, the parent company did not purchase any capital securities; during 2008, the parent company purchased in the open market $817 thousand par amount of the capital securities at an aggregate cost of $786 thousand; during 2007, the parent company purchased in the open market $196 thousand par amount of the capital securities at an aggregate cost of $192 thousand; these securities are included in the Company’s securities available for sale. These securities are considered to be outstanding for the payment of dividends but are considered to be redeemed for the calculation of the regulatory capital ratios. During 2009, the Company’s tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) purchased in the open market $652 thousand par amount of the capital securities at an aggregate cost of $495 thousand; during 2008, the plan purchased in the open market $542 thousand par amount of the capital securities at an aggregate cost of $391 thousand. There were no purchases prior to 2008. As a result of these repurchases, the amounts of capital securities held by third parties at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $22.8 million and $23.4 million, respectively. Dividends and interest are paid quarterly.

The parent company has the right to defer payments of interest on the debt securities at any time or from time to time for a period of up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods with respect to each deferral period. Under the terms of the debt securities, in the event that under certain circumstances there is an event of default under the debt securities or the parent company has

PAGE 84

elected to defer interest on the debt securities, the parent company may not, with certain exceptions, declare or pay any dividends or distributions on its capital stock or purchase or acquire any of its capital stock.

Payments of distributions on the capital securities and payments on redemption of the capital securities are guaranteed by the parent company on a limited basis. The parent company also entered into an agreement as to expenses and liabilities pursuant to which it agreed, on a subordinated basis, to pay any costs, expenses or liabilities of the trust other than those arising under the capital securities. The obligations of the parent company under the debt securities, the related indenture, the trust agreement establishing the trust, the guarantee and the agreement as to expenses and liabilities, in the aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the parent company of the trust’s obligations under the capital securities.

Notwithstanding that the accounts of the trust are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the amount of capital securities issued by the trust and held by third parties is included in the Tier 1 capital of the parent company for regulatory capital purposes as allowed by the Federal Reserve Board. In March 2005, the Federal Reserve Board adopted a rule that would continue to allow the inclusion of capital securities issued by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts in Tier 1 capital, but with stricter quantitative limits. Under the final rule, after a five-year transition period, the aggregate amount of capital securities and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. Based on the final rule, the parent company currently expects to continue to include the amount of capital securities held by third parties in Tier 1 capital. However, a proposal issued by the Basel committee on December 17, 2009 would significantly revise the definition of Tier 1 capital, which may include disqualification of certain structured capital instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital status. The Company cannot predict when, if at all, such proposal will be adopted by the Basel committee and/or U.S. banking regulators.

NOTE 13.

DUE TO FACTORED CLIENTS

Due to factored clients represents amounts due on accounts receivable purchased in excess of the amounts advanced.

NOTE 14.

PREFERRED STOCK

The parent company is authorized to issue up to 644,389 shares of preferred stock, $5 par value, in one or more series. The following table presents information regarding the parent company’s preferred stock issued and outstanding:


December 31,	2009		2008

Series A shares. Issued and outstanding—42,000 shares, at liquidation value	$	42,000	$	42,000

Under the provisions of the TARP Capital Purchase Program enacted under EESA, on December 23, 2008, the parent company sold to the U.S. Treasury 42,000 shares of the parent company’s fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A, par value $5.00 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1 thousand per share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), together with a warrant to purchase 516,817 shares of its common shares, for an aggregate price of $42 million.

Under the standardized terms of the TARP Capital Purchase Program, cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares will accrue on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter, but will be paid only if, as and when declared by the parent company’s Board of Directors. The Series A Preferred Shares have no maturity date and rank senior to the parent company’s common shares with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the parent company. The preferred shares currently qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

As long as the Series A Preferred Shares remain outstanding, the parent company may declare and pay dividends on its common shares only if all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the Series A Preferred Shares are fully paid. Prior to December 23, 2011, unless we have redeemed all such preferred shares or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all such preferred shares to a third party, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for us to, among other things, increase the dividend on our common shares above the quarterly cash dividend of $0.19 per share. The terms of the parent company’s agreement with the U.S. Treasury allow for additional restrictions, including those on dividends, to be imposed by the U.S. Treasury, including unilateral amendments to comply with legislative changes.

PAGE 85

The consent of the U.S. Treasury generally is also required for the parent company to make any stock repurchase (other than in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) until December 23, 2011, unless all of the Series A Preferred Shares have been redeemed or transferred by the U.S. Treasury to unaffiliated third parties. Further, common shares, junior preferred shares or pari passu preferred shares may not be repurchased if the parent company is in arrears on the payment of dividends on Series A Preferred Shares.

The warrant has a 10-year term with 50% vesting immediately upon issuance and the remaining 50% vesting on January 1, 2010 if certain qualified equity offerings have not been conducted. As the Company did not conduct any qualified equity offering after the issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares, 100% of the warrant has been vested. The warrant has an exercise price, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, equal to $12.19 per common share.

The parent company may redeem the Series A Preferred Shares three years after the date of the U.S. Treasury’s investment, or earlier if it raises in an equity offering net proceeds equal to the amount of the Series A Preferred Shares to be redeemed. It must raise proceeds equal to at least 25% of the issue price of the Series A Preferred Shares to redeem any Series A Preferred Shares prior to the end of the third year. The redemption price is equal to the sum of the liquidation amount per share and any unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares up to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations, under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 the U.S. Treasury may, after consultation with the parent company’s federal regulator, permit the parent company at any time to redeem the Series A Preferred Shares at liquidation value. Upon such redemption, the common stock purchase warrant may also be repurchased at its then current fair value.

The Series A Preferred Shares and the warrant issued under the TARP program qualify and are accounted for as permanent equity on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Of the $42 million in total issuance proceeds, $39.4 million and $2.6 million were allocated to the Series A Preferred Shares and the warrant, respectively, based upon their estimated fair values as of December 23, 2008. The resulting discount of $2.6 million recorded for the Series A Preferred Shares is being accreted by a change to retained earnings over a five-year estimated life of the preferred shares based on the likelihood of their redemption by the parent company within that timeframe. Accretion of discount amounted to $673 thousand in 2009 and $55 thousand in 2008.

The proceeds from the issuance to the U.S. Treasury were allocated based on the relative fair value of the warrants as compared with the fair value of the preferred stock. The fair value of the warrants was determined using a valuation model which incorporates assumptions regarding our common stock price, dividend yield, expected life of the warrants, stock price volatility and the risk-free interest rate. The fair value of the preferred stock was determined based on assumptions regarding the discount rate (market rate) on the preferred stock, which was estimated to be approximately 13% at the date of issuance. The discount on the preferred stock will be accreted to liquidation value using a constant effective yield of 6.431% over a five-year term, which is the expected life of the preferred stock.

NOTE 15.

COMMON STOCK

The following table provides information regarding the number of common shares issued:


	Number of Shares Issued

Years Ended December 31,	2009		2008

Issued at beginning of year		22,202,419		21,278,531
Shares issued under stock incentive plan		24,006		923,888

Issued at end of year		22,226,425		22,202,419

PAGE 86

NOTE 16.

TREASURY STOCK

The following table provides information regarding the number of shares held by the Company:


	Number of Shares Held

Years Ended December 31,		2009	2008

Held at beginning of year		4,107,191	3,459,302
Surrender of shares issued under incentive compensation plan		12,743	647,889

Held at end of year		4,119,934	4,107,191

NOTE 17.

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Information related to the components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income is as follows with related tax effect:


	2009			2008			2007

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Unrealized holding gains on available for sale securities and other instruments, arising during the period:
Before tax	$	5,564		$	664		$	1,523
Tax effect		(2,525	)		(304	)		(688	)

Net of tax		3,039			360			835

Reclassification adjustment for securities (gains) losses included in net income:
Before tax		(5,561	)		1,684			(193	)
Tax effect		2,524			(764	)		87

Net of tax		(3,037	)		920			(106	)

Pension liability adjustment—net actuarial (gains) losses:
Before tax		3,544			(13,938	)		(1,098	)
Tax effect		(1,609	)		6,325			502

Net of tax		1,935			(7,613	)		(596	)

Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost:
Before tax		66			66			99
Tax effect		(30	)		(30	)		(45	)

Net of tax		36			36			54

Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net actuarial losses:
Before tax		3,454			1,557			1,538
Tax effect		(1,567	)		(707	)		(694	)

Net of tax		1,887			850			844

Other comprehensive income (loss)	$	3,860		$	(5,447	)	$	1,031

The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 included in shareholders’ equity:


	Pre-tax Amount				Tax Effect			After-tax Amount

December 31, 2009
Net unrealized gain on securities	$	425		$	(203	)	$	222
Adjustment for underfunded pension obligations		(23,073	)		10,452			(12,621	)

Total	$	(22,648	)	$	10,249		$	(12,399	)

December 31, 2008
Net unrealized gain on securities	$	425		$	(200	)	$	225
Adjustment for underfunded pension obligations		(30,133	)		13,649			(16,484	)

Total	$	(29,708	)	$	13,449		$	(16,259	)

PAGE 87

NOTE 18.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE BANK

The parent company depends for its cash requirements on funds maintained or generated by its subsidiaries, principally the bank. Approval by the Comptroller of the Currency is required if the effect of dividends declared would cause the regulatory capital of the bank to fall below specified minimum levels. Additionally, all national banks are limited in the payment of dividends in any year without the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency to an amount not to exceed the net profits (as defined) for that year to date combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years. Under the foregoing restrictions, of December 31, 2009 the bank could pay dividends of approximately $ 31.5 million to the parent company, without regulatory approval.

Federal law also prohibits national banks from paying dividends that would be greater than the bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the bank’s allowance for loan losses. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), a depository institution, such as the bank, may not pay dividends if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or it is already undercapitalized. The payment of dividends by the parent company and the bank may also be affected or limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital.

NOTE 19.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

In April 1992, shareholders approved a Stock Incentive Plan (“the plan”) covering up to 100,000 common shares of the parent company. Under the plan, key employees of the parent company and its subsidiaries could be granted awards in the form of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock or, a combination of these. The plan is administered by a committee of the Board of Directors. Since the inception of the plan, shareholders have approved amendments increasing the number of shares covered under the plan; the total number of shares authorized by shareholders through December 31, 2009 was 2,650,000. The plan provides for proportional adjustment to the number of shares covered by the plan and by outstanding awards, and in the exercise price of outstanding stock options, to reflect, among other things, stock splits and stock dividends. After giving effect to stock option and restricted stock awards granted and the effect of the 5% stock dividend effected December 12, 2005, the six-for-five stock split in the form of a stock dividend effected in December 2004, the five-for-four stock split in the form of a stock dividend effected September 10, 2003, the 20% stock dividend paid in December 2002, the 10% stock dividends paid in December 2001 and December 2000, and the 5% stock dividend paid in December 1999, shares available for grant were 611,115, at December 31, 2009. The Company issues new shares to satisfy stock option exercises. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $61 thousand, $4.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

PAGE 88

Stock Options

The following tables present information on the qualified and non-qualified stock options outstanding (after the effect of the stock dividends/splits discussed above) as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and changes during the years then ended:


	2009					2008					2007

Qualified Stock Options	Number of Options			Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Number of Options			Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Number of Options			Weighted-Average Exercise Price

Outstanding at beginning of year		231,898		$	12.11		445,557		$	10.87		528,916		$	10.45
Exercised		(24,006	)		8.69		(167,824	)		9.42		(83,359	)		8.17
Reclassified^[1]		—			—		(42,055	)		9.53		—			—
Forfeited		(3,780	)		14.60		(3,780	)		14.60		—			—

Outstanding at end of year		204,112			12.46		231,898			12.11		445,557			10.87

Options exercisable at end of year		190,401					198,815					349,105


	2009					2008					2007

Non-Qualified Stock Options	Number of Options			Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Number of Options			Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Number of Options			Weighted-Average Exercise Price

Outstanding at beginning of year		533,338		$	16.34		1,319,133		$	12.85		1,326,327		$	12.79
Granted		—			—		—			—		112,500			17.99
Exercised		—			—		(756,064	)		9.64		(18,088	)		6.48
Reclassified^[1]		—			—		42,055			9.53		—			—
Forfeited/Lapsed		(73,236	)		21.65		(71,786	)		18.75		(101,606	)		18.94

Outstanding at end of year		460,102			15.49		533,338			16.34		1,319,133			12.85

Options exercisable at end of year		350,646					409,434					1,183,281

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year	$	—				$	—				$	3.80


[1]	As a result of retirements and terminations. Since these provisions were included in the original terms of the awards, these reclassifications are not considered modifications for accounting purposes.

At December 31, 2009, 53,754 qualified stock options were outstanding and exercisable and had an intrinsic value of approximately $11 thousand and 149,638 NQSOs were outstanding and exercisable and had an intrinsic value of approximately $30 thousand. The Company believes that all unvested stock options will ultimately vest.

The following table presents information regarding qualified and non-qualified stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009:


	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable

	Range of Exercise Prices		Number Outstanding at 12/31/09	Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life	Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable at 12/31/09	Weighted-Average Exercise Price

Qualified	$	6.94–14.60	204,112	1.55 years	$	12.46	190,401	$	12.31
Non-Qualified		6.94–26.94	460,102	2.27 years		15.49	350,646		14.67

Director NQSOs expire five years from the date of the grant and become exercisable in four annual installments, starting one year from the date of the grant, or upon the earlier of death or disability of the grantee. Employee stock options generally expire ten years from the date of the grant and vest one year from the date of grant. Although, if necessary to qualify to the maximum extent possible as ISOs, these options become exercisable in annual installments. Employee stock options which become exercisable over a period of more than one year are generally subject to earlier exercisability upon the termination of the grantee’s employment for any reason more than one year following grant. Amounts received upon exercise of options are recorded as common stock and capital surplus. The tax benefit received by the Company upon exercise of a NQSO is credited to capital surplus.

PAGE 89

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:


Years Ended December 31,	2009	2008	2007

Dividend yield	—	—	4.22	%
Volatility	—	—	29	%
Expected term
Non-Qualified (Directors)	—	—	—
Non-Qualified (Officers)	—	—	5 years
Risk-free interest rate	—	—	4.46	%

The risk-free interest rate is based on the 5-year U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. The dividend yield reflects the parent company’s actual dividend yield at the date of grant. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the parent company’s common stock over the 5-year period prior to the grant date. The weighted average expected life represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the parent company’s historical exercise patterns. Compensation cost is recognized, net of estimated forfeitures, over the vesting period of the options on a straight-line basis.

Under the provisions of FASB Codification Topic 718: Compensation—Stock Compensation, the Company recorded compensation expense of $132 thousand, $132 thousand and $114 thousand during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for options granted in 2006 and 2007. As of December 31, 2009, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was $212 thousand, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average vesting period of 2.0 years.

The tax benefit recognized as a credit to capital surplus upon the exercise of NQSOs amounted to approximately $-0- at December 31, 2009, $1.6 million at December 31, 2008 and $98 thousand at December 31, 2007.

NOTE 20.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Plans

The Company has a noncontributory, tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan that covers the majority of employees with one or more years of service of at least 1,000 hours, who are at least 21 years of age. The benefits are based upon years of credited service, primary social security benefits and a participant’s highest average compensation as defined. The funding requirements for the plan are determined annually based upon the amount needed to satisfy the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 funding standards. The Company also has a noncontributory, supplemental non-qualified, non-funded retirement plan which is designed to supplement the pension plan for key officers.

In November 2006, the Company amended its tax-qualified defined benefit plan to limit eligibility for participation to employees initially hired prior to January 2, 2006. All other provisions of the plan remain unchanged.

PAGE 90

The following tables, using a December 31 measurement date for each period presented, set forth the disclosures required for pension benefits:


At or For the Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008

CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation at beginning of year (Projected Benefit Obligation)	$	58,401		$	49,621
Service cost		2,160			1,884
Interest cost		3,355			3,033
Actuarial loss (gain)		608			5,179
Benefits paid		(1,470	)		(1,316	)

Benefit obligation at end of year	$	63,054		$	58,401

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of assets at beginning of year	$	30,699		$	30,066
Actual (loss) return on plan assets		6,751			(6,075	)
Employer contributions		2,030			8,024
Benefits paid		(1,470	)		(1,316	)

Fair value of assets at end of year	$	38,010		$	30,699

Funded status	$	(25,044	)	$	(27,702	)

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS CONSIST OF:
Pension liability	$	(25,044	)	$	(27,702	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)		23,073			30,133

Discount Rate

Rate of
Compensation
Increase

2009

2008

2009

2008

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE THE BENEFIT OBLIGATION:

Defined benefit pension plan

6.00

5.75

3.00

3.00

Supplemental retirement plan

6.00

5.75

3.00

3.00

Components of the net periodic benefit expense and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss are as follows:


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC COST
Service cost	$	2,160		$	1,884		$	1,953
Interest cost		3,355			3,033			2,685
Expected return on plan assets		(2,618	)		(2,581	)		(2,369	)
Amortization of prior service cost		67			66			99
Recognized actuarial loss		3,454			1,557			1,538

Net periodic benefit expense		6,418			3,959			3,906

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss:
Net actuarial (income) loss		(3,822	)		6,763			(248	)
Prior service credit		(36	)		(36	)		(54	)

Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss		(3,858	)		6,727			(302	)

Total recognized in net periodic benefit expense and other comprehensive income or loss	$	2,560		$	10,686		$	3,604

PAGE 91


	Discount Rate							Expected Return on Plan Assets							Rate of Compensation Increase

		2009		2008		2007			2009		2008		2007			2009		2008		2007

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE NET PERIODIC COST:
Defined benefit pension plan		5.75	%	6.00	%	5.75	%		8.50	%	8.50	%	8.50	%		3.00	%	3.00	%	3.00	%
Supplemental retirement plan		5.75		6.00		5.75			N/A		N/A		N/A			3.00		3.00		3.00

To determine the expected return on plan assets, we consider historical return information on plan assets, the mix of investments that comprise plan assets and the actual income derived from plan assets.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $37.6 million and $35.5 million, respectively.

The tables presented on the previous page and above include the supplemental retirement plan which is an unfunded plan. The following information is presented regarding the supplemental retirement plan:


December 31,		2009			2008

Projected benefit obligation	$	22,504		$	19,917
Accumulated benefit obligation		22,466			19,871

The following table sets forth information regarding the assets of the defined benefit pension plan:

December 31,		2009			2008

U.S. government corporation and agency debt obligations		6	%		11	%
Corporate debt obligation		30			27
Common equity securities		58			54
Other		6			8

Total		100	%		100	%

The Company’s overall investment strategy is to achieve a mix of approximately 50-60% of investments for long-term growth, and although the position will vary, generally limit to approximately 5% of the investments for near-term benefit payments and/or funds awaiting investment, within a diverse portfolio of asset types, strategies and management styles. The allocation of plan assets as of December 31, 2009 is shown in the table above. Equity securities primarily include investments in common stock. Debt securities include corporate and federal agency obligations. No real estate investments are held. Other investments consist of trust preferred securities.

The overall strategy of the Pension Plan Investment Policy is to have a diverse portfolio that reasonably spans established risk/return levels and preserves liquidity. The strategy allows for a moderate risk approach in order to achieve greater long-term asset growth. The asset mix can vary but is targeted at 50% equity securities, inclusive of up to 10% in the parent company common stock, 25% in corporate obligations and 25% in federal and agency obligations. The money market investments position will vary but will generally be held under 5%. The Plan’s allocation to common stock, excluding shares of the parent company, will represent investment in those companies from time to time comprising the growth and value Model Portfolio as advised by the trustee’s investment advisor.

The weighted average expected long term rate of return is estimated based on current trends in the plan assets as well as projected future rates of returns on those assets. The long term rate of return considers historical returns, with adjustments to reflect expectations of future returns as determined by the trustee’s investment advisor after consultation with the trustee. These adjustments include consideration of projected future economic conditions, interest rates, industry trends and other factors.

The defined benefit pension plan owns common stock of the parent company which is included in common equity securities above. At December 31, 2009, the fair value of the parent company common stock was $493 thousand and represented approximately 1% of plan assets. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of the parent company common stock was $969 thousand and represented approximately 3% of plan assets.

PAGE 92

The defined benefit pension plan also owns capital securities (see Note 12 for definition) issued by Sterling Bancorp Trust I, a wholly-owned non-consolidated statutory business trust (which is a VIE). At December 31, 2009, the fair value of the capital securities was $1.1 million and represented approximately 3% of plan assets. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of the capital securities was approximately $379 thousand and represented approximately 1% of plan assets.

The Company expects to contribute approximately $2.0 million to the defined benefit pension plan in 2010.

The following table presents benefit payments expected to be paid, based on the assumption described below, including the effect of expected future service for the years indicated.


Year(s)	Defined Benefit Plan		Supplemental Retirement Plan		Total Benefit Payments

2010	$	1,778	$	34	$	1,812
2011		1,951		19,284		21,235
2012		2,195		5,402		7,597
2013		2,373		35		2,408
2014		2,562		742		3,304
Years 2015–2019		15,548		274		15,822

The cash flows shown above are based on the assumptions used in the annual actuarial valuations of the defined benefit plan. The supplemental retirement plan column is computed assuming that any executive who has reached the age upon which full retirement is assumed for actuarial purposes, actually retires in the current year. However, if such an executive does not actually retire in the current year, the obligation will be deferred until a later year. We are not aware of any senior executives who have near-term plans to retire.

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 follow:


	Qualified Pension Plan				Supplemental Retirement Plan				Total

	2009		2008		2009		2008		2009		2008

Net actuarial loss	$	16,374	$	23,287	$	6,527	$	6,608	$	22,901	$	29,895
Prior service cost		134		183		38		55		172		238

Total	$	16,508	$	23,470	$	6,565	$	6,663	$	23,073	$	30,133

The estimated costs that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic cost in 2010 are as follows:


	Qualified Pension Plan		Supplemental Retirement Plan		Total

Net actuarial loss	$	1,529	$	855	$	2,384
Prior service cost		49		18		67

Total	$	1,578	$	873	$	2,451

Fair Value of Plan Assets: Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value of each type of financial instrument:

Equity, Debt, Investment Funds and Other Securities—The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). Discounted cash flows are calculated using spread to swap and LIBOR curves that are updated to incorporate loss severities, volatility, credit spread and optionality. During times when trading is more liquid, broker quotes are used (if available) to validate the model. Rating agency and industry research reports as well as defaults and deferrals on individual securities are reviewed and incorporated into the calculations.

PAGE 93

The fair value of the plan assets at December 31, 2009, by asset category, is as follows:


			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 Using:

	Carrying Value		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

Plan Assets
Equity securities	$	23,185	$	23,185	$	—	$	—
Debt securities		13,556		—		13,556		—
Money market funds and other		1,269		—		1,269		—

Total Plan Assets	$	38,010	$	23,185	$	14,825	$	—

Savings Plans

As of January 1, 2008, the Company merged its two 401(k) plans into one plan (“new plan”). Eligible employees must complete 1,000 hours of service in order to be eligible for the Company matching contributions. Participants in the new plan eligible for Company matching contributions include any employee hired after January 1, 2006 and employees of two subsidiaries of the bank. Eligible employees may enroll in the new plan on the first day of the month after hire. The Company matches 25% of the eligible employee’s contribution to the plan based on the amount of each participant’s contributions, up to the Internal Revenue Service maximum contribution limit. All participants may immediately invest their individual contributions, as well as any Company matching contribution, in any of a variety of investment alternatives offered under the new plan. Expense for employer match related to the new plan totaled $289 thousand in 2009 and $258 thousand in 2008.

Prior to 2008, the Company maintained two 401(k) plans. One was maintained for the employees of the bank and certain affiliates (“the bank 401(k) Plan”) and the other for the employees of two subsidiaries of the bank (“the subsidiary 401(k) Plan”).

The bank 401(k) Plan—The Company maintained a 401(k) plan that permitted each participant to make before-tax contributions up to 20% of eligible compensation and subject to dollar limits from Internal Revenue Service regulations. Eligible employees were able to enroll in the 401(k) plan on the first day of the month after hire. Employees hired after January 1, 2006 were required to complete 1,000 hours of service in order to be eligible for the Company’s matching contributions. Employees who were hired prior to January 1, 2006 were included in the Company’s pension plan and were not eligible for the Company match, however they were able to make before-tax contributions as outlined above. Prior to January 2007, the Company did not match any employee contributions. Employees were able to immediately invest their individual contribution in any of a variety of investment alternatives offered under the bank 401(k) Plan.

The subsidiary 401(k) Plan—Prior to January 1, 2008, the Company maintained a 401(k) plan that permitted each participant to make before-tax contributions up to 20% of eligible compensation and subject to dollar limits from Internal Revenue Service regulations. Eligible employees were able to enroll in the 401(k) plan during the open enrollment twice a year after completing 1,000 hours of service and were eligible for the Company’s matching contributions at that time. Employees who were included in the Company’s pension plan were not eligible for the Company match, however they were able to make before-tax contributions as outlined above. The Company matched 25% of the employee’s contribution to the plan based on the amount of each participant’s contributions, up to a maximum of 20% eligible compensation. Employees were able to immediately invest their individual contribution, as well as the Company’s matching portion, in any of a variety of investment alternatives offered under the subsidiary 401(k) Plan. Expense for employer match related to the plan totaled $231 thousand in 2007.

Postretirement Life Insurance Benefits

The Company currently provides life insurance benefits to certain officers. The coverage provided depends upon years of service with the Company and the employee’s date of retirement. The Company’s plan for its postretirement benefit obligation is unfunded with a liability of $1.1 million at December 31, 2009 and $1.0 million at December 31, 2008. Net postretirement benefit cost was $65 thousand, $61 thousand and $61 thousand for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

PAGE 94

FASB Codification Topic 715: Compensation—Retirement Benefits requires the recognition of a liability and related compensation expense for endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements that provide a benefit to an employee that extends to post-retirement periods. Under U.S. GAAP, life insurance policies purchased for the purpose of providing such benefits are considered not to have effectively settled an entity’s obligation to the employee. Accordingly, the entity must recognize a liability and related compensation expense during the employee’s active service period based on the future cost of insurance to be incurred during the employee’s retirement. If the entity has agreed to provide the employee with a death benefit, then the liability for the future death benefit should be recognized by following U.S. GAAP guidance in FASB Codification Topic 715. The Company adopted new accounting requirements related to bank-owned life insurance included in FASB Codification Topic 715: Compensation—Retirement Benefits on January 1, 2008 as a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings totaling $726 thousand.

NOTE 21.

INCOME TAXES

The current and deferred tax provisions (benefits) applicable to income from continuing operations for each of the last three fiscal years are as follows:


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

FEDERAL
Current	$	9,187		$	6,770		$	8,286
Deferred		(5,226	)		1,005			(536	)

Total	$	3,961		$	7,775		$	7,750

STATE AND LOCAL
Current	$	2,065		$	1,225		$	1,271
Deferred		(1,118	)		176			(461	)

Total	$	947		$	1,401		$	810

TOTAL
Current	$	11,252		$	7,995		$	9,557
Deferred		(6,344	)		1,181			(997	)

Total	$	4,908		$	9,176		$	8,560


Reconciliations of income tax provisions with taxes computed at Federal statutory rates are as follows:

Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

Federal statutory rate		35	%		35	%		35	%

Computed tax based on income from continuing operations	$	5,015		$	8,814		$	8,384
Increase (Decrease) in tax resulting from:
State and local taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit		673			911			526
Tax-exempt income		(648	)		(678	)		(646	)
Other permanent items		(132	)		129			296

Total	$	4,908		$	9,176		$	8,560

PAGE 95

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets, are as follows:


December 31,	2009		2008

Deferred tax assets
Difference between financial statement provision for loan losses and tax bad debt deduction	$	9,017	$	7,265
Pension and benefit plans		10,452		13,649
Other		2,782		1,047

Total deferred tax assets		22,251		21,961

Deferred tax liabilities
Difference between tax and net book values of fixed assets		767		394
SFAS No. 115 deferred tax liability		203		201
Other		1,014		1,130

Total deferred tax liabilities		1,984		1,725

Net deferred tax asset	$	20,267	$	20,236

Based on management’s consideration of historical and anticipated future pre-tax income, as well as the reversal period for the items giving rise to the deferred tax assets and liabilities, a valuation allowance for deferred assets was not considered necessary at December 31, 2009 and 2008 since it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized.

The current tax net payable as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $1.5 million. The current tax net receivable at December 31, 2008 was approximately $0.9 million.

Adoption of the current provisions of FASB Codification Topic 740: Income Taxes did not affect the Company’s financial position.

A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits for each of the last two fiscal years is as follows:


Year Ended December 31,	2009		2008

Balance at January 1	$	—	$	498
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		—		498

Balance at December 31	$	—	$	—

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties in noninterest operating expenses. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Consolidated Balance Sheet included no accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits and the Consolidated Statement of Income for 2009 included $-0- for interest expense and for 2008 included a credit for interest expense of $148 thousand.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company’s federal income tax returns for 2002 through 2007 are currently under examination and 2008 is subject to examination. The Company’s New York State tax returns for years 2005 through 2007 are currently under examination and 2008 is subject to examination. The Company’s New York City tax returns for 2006 through 2008 are subject to examination.

NOTE 22.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic EPS has been computed using the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS reflects the dilutive effect of unexercised stock options using the treasury stock method. When applying the treasury stock method, the average price of the parent company’s common stock is utilized.

PAGE 96

Net income available to common shareholders per average common share have been computed based on the following:


Years Ended December 31,	2009		2008		2007

Net income from continuing operations	$	9,422	$	16,006	$	15,394
Loss from discontinued operations		—		—		(795	)
Dividends on preferred shares and accretion		2,773		102		—

Net income available to common shareholders	$	6,649	$	15,904	$	14,599

Weighted average number of common shares used to calculate basic earnings per common share		18,104,619		17,890,997		18,407,228
Dilutive effect of stock options and warrant		21,714		216,881		321,806

Weighted average number of common shares used to calculate diluted earnings per common share		18,126,333		18,107,878		18,729,034

Options issued with exercise prices greater than the average market price of the common shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have not been included in computation of diluted EPS for those respective years. As of December 31, 2009, 664,214 options to purchase shares between $6.94 and $26.94 were not included; as of December 31, 2008, 531,601 options to purchase shares between $14.60 and $26.94 were not included; as of December 31, 2007, 384,147 options to purchase shares between $17.73 and $26.94 were not included.

NOTE 23.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be receivable from selling that asset or payable to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are independent, knowledgeable, able to transact and willing to transact.

FASB Codification Topic 820: Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures establishes a hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair values hierarchy is as follows:


•	Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Examples of financial instruments generally included in this level are U.S. Treasury securities, equity and trust preferred securities that trade in active markets and listed derivative instruments.

•	Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means. Examples of financial instruments generally included in this level are corporate debt, mortgage-backed certificates issued by U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises, equity securities that trade in less active markets and certain derivative instruments.

•	Level 3 Inputs—Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. Examples of financial instruments generally included in this level are private equities, certain loans held for sale and other alternative investments.

In general, fair value of securities is based upon quoted market prices, where available (Level 1 inputs). If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon market prices determined by an outside, independent entity that primarily uses as inputs, observable market-based parameters (Level 2 inputs). Fair value of loans held for sale is based upon internally developed models that primarily use as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters (Level 3 inputs). Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.

PAGE 97

While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Securities available for sale and other investments. Securities classified as available for sale and other investments (included in “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet) are generally reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 and Level 2 inputs. Investments in fixed income securities, exclusive of preferred stock and mortgage-backed securities, are valued based on evaluations provided by Interactive Data Corporation (“IDC”), a leading global provider of market data information. IDC evaluations represent an exit price or their opinion as to what a buyer would pay for a security, typically in an institutional round lot position in a current sale. IDC seeks to utilize market data and observations in its evaluation service, and gives priority to observable benchmark yields and reported trades. IDC utilizes evaluated pricing techniques that vary by asset class and incorporate available market information; because many fixed income securities do not trade on a daily basis, IDC applies available information through processes such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of similar securities, sector groupings and matrix pricing. Model processes such as option-adjusted spread models are used to value securities that have prepayment features. Substantially all securities available for sale evaluated in this manner are deemed to be Level 2 valuations.

For mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises, management considers dealer indicative bids in the valuation process. Indicative bids are estimates of value and do not necessarily represent the price at which the dealer would be willing to transact. Such bids are compared to IDC evaluated prices for reasonableness as well as consistency with observable market conditions. All mortgage-backed securities are deemed to be valued based on Level 2 inputs.

Publicly traded common and preferred stocks are valued by reference to the market closing price (last trade) on the measurement date (Level 1 inputs). In the unlikely event that no trade occurred on the measurement date, reference would be made to an indicative bid or the last trade most proximate to the measurement date (Level 2 inputs).

The following table summarizes financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value. There were no financial liabilities measured at fair value.


	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	Inputs		Inputs		Inputs		Fair Value

December 31, 2009
Securities available for sale:
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Mortgage-backed securities	$	—	$	57,288	$	—	$	57,288
Agency notes		—		131,635		—		131,635

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		—		188,923		—		188,923
Obligations of state and political institutions		—		23,864		—		23,864
Single-issuer, trust preferred securities		4,483		—		—		4,483
Corporate debt securities		—		129,200		—		129,200
Equity and other securities		56		—		—		56

Total marketable securities	$	4,539	$	341,987	$	—	$	346,526

Other investments	$	9,128	$	5,484	$	—	$	14,612


December 31, 2008

Securities available for sale:
Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
Mortgage-backed securities	$	—	$	210,882	$	—	$	210,882
Agency notes		—		244,519		—		244,519

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises		—		455,401		—		455,401
Obligations of state and political institutions		—		23,406		—		23,406
Single-issuer, trust preferred securities		4,209		—		—		4,209
Corporate debt securities		—		9,724		—		9,724
Equity and other securities		57		—		—		57

Total marketable securities	$	4,266	$	488,531	$	—	$	492,797

Other investments	$	7,266	$	3,116	$	—	$	10,382

PAGE 98

Certain financial assets, such as loans held for sale and collateral-dependent impaired loans are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The following table summarizes the period end fair value of financial assets, based on significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs, measured on a non-recurring basis:


	December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008

Impaired loans	$	2,329	$	—
Other real estate owned, net		1,385		—
Loans held for sale		33,889		—

Impaired loans. The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on either recent real estate appraisals or, for loans with modification agreements in place, discounted cash flow analyses. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Other real estate owned. Nonrecurring adjustments to certain residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (“OREO”) are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property, resulting in a Level 3 classification. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized.

Loans held for sale. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments, from third party investors.

Reporting units measured at fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test and certain non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis (such as those measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test and other non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment) have been measured at fair value in accordance with the guidance in FASB Codification Topic 820 beginning January 1, 2009.

Other real estate owned (comprised of foreclosed assets), which is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, had a net carrying amount of $1.4 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $1.6 million, net of a valuation allowance of $0.2 million at December 31, 2009. Certain of these assets, upon initial recognition, were re-measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset. The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is estimated using level 2 inputs based on observable market data or level 3 inputs based on customized discount criteria. In connection with the measurement and initial recognition of the foregoing foreclosed assets, the Company recognized charge-offs in the allowance for loan losses totalling $704 thousand. Other than foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition, five properties were re-measured at fair value during the year ended December 31, 2009, resulting in a $276 thousand charge to noninterest expense.

Loans held for sale, which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, were carried at the fair value of $33.9 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $33.9 million, net of a valuation allowance of $7 thousand at December 31, 2009.

For those financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, but are measured at fair value for disclosure purposes, management follows the same fair value measurement principles and guidance as for instruments recorded at fair value.

Much of the information used to arrive at “fair value” is highly subjective and judgmental in nature and therefore the results may not be precise. The subjective factors include, among other things, estimated cash flows, risk characteristics, credit quality and interest rates, all of which are subject to change. With the exception of investment securities and certain long-term debt, the Company’s financial instruments are not readily marketable and market prices do not exist. Since negotiated prices for the instruments that are not readily marketable depend greatly on the motivation of the buyer and seller, the amounts that will actually be realized or paid per settlement or maturity of these instruments could be significantly different.

PAGE 99

In particular, fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market data as well as the best information available about the financial instrument. Illiquid credit markets have resulted in inactive markets for certain of the Company’s financial instruments. As a result, there is no or limited observable market data for these assets and liabilities. Fair value estimates for financial instruments for which no or limited observable market data is available are based on our judgments regarding current economic conditions, liquidity discounts, currency, credit, and interest rate risks, loss experience and other factors, all of which are Level 3 inputs as discussed above. These estimates involve significant judgments and uncertainties and cannot be substantiated by comparison to quoted prices in active markets and cannot be determined with precision. As a result, such calculated fair value estimates may not be realizable in a current sale or immediate settlement of the instrument. In addition, there are inherent uncertainties in any fair value measurement technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used in the fair value measurement technique, including discount rates, liquidity risks, and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect these fair value estimates.

A description of the methods, factors and significant assumptions utilized in estimating the fair values for significant categories of financial instruments follows:

Financial Instruments with Carrying Amounts Equal to Fair Value

The carrying amounts for cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, customers’ liabilities under acceptances, accrued interest receivable, Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper, other short-term borrowings, acceptances outstanding, and accrued interest payable, as a result of their short-term nature, are considered to approximate fair value.

Investment Securities

The methods, factors and significant assumptions used to estimate fair values of all securities are described more fully beginning on page 97.

Loans Held in Portfolio

The fair value of loans held in portfolio which reprice within 90 days reflecting changes in the base rate approximate their carrying amount. For other loans held in portfolio, the fair value is calculated based on discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality and for similar maturities. These calculations have been adjusted for credit risk based on the Company’s historical credit loss experience.

The fair value for secured nonaccrual loans is the value of the underlying collateral which is sufficient to repay each loan. For other nonaccrual loans, the fair value represents book value less a credit risk adjustment based on the Company’s historical credit loss experience.

Deposits

FASB Codification Topic 825: Financial Instruments requires that the fair value of demand, savings, NOW (negotiable order of withdrawal) and certain money market deposits be equal to their carrying amount. The Company believes that the fair value of these deposits, including the value of deposit relationships, is greater than that prescribed by FASB Codification Topic 825.

For other types of deposits with fixed maturities, fair value has been estimated based upon interest rates currently being offered on deposits with similar characteristics and maturities.

Long-Term Debt

For long-term borrowings, the fair value is calculated based on discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being quoted for debt with similar characteristics and maturities.

Commitments to Extend Credit, Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees

The fees received for the issuance of commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees, are considered to approximate fair value. Due to the uncertainty involved in attempting to assess the likelihood and timing of a commitment being drawn upon, coupled with lack of an established market and the wide diversity of fee structures, the Company does not believe it is meaningful to provide an estimate of fair value that differs from the amount of consideration received.

PAGE 100

The following is a summary of the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities:


December 31,	2009				2008

	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value

FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	24,911	$	24,911	$	31,832	$	31,832
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks		36,958		36,958		13,949		13,949
Investment securities		737,065		742,676		793,924		798,425
Loans held for sale		33,889		33,889		23,403		23,403
Loans held in portfolio, net		1,175,543		1,170,385		1,168,575		1,167,004
Customers’ liability under acceptances		27		27		95		95
Accrued interest receivable		9,001		9,001		8,917		8,917
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Demand, NOW, savings and money market deposits		1,138,352		1,138,352		1,028,790		1,028,790
Time deposits		442,315		444,792		329,034		331,749
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		21,048		21,048		44,334		44,334
Federal funds purchased		41,000		41,000		131,000		131,000
Commercial paper		17,297		17,297		11,732		11,732
Short-term borrowings—FHLB		—		—		75,000		75,000
Short-term borrowings—FRB		50,000		50,000		100,000		100,000
Other short-term borrowings		2,509		2,509		1,138		1,138
Acceptances outstanding		27		27		95		95
Accrued interest payable		1,291		1,291		2,046		2,046
Long-term borrowings		155,774		159,042		175,774		182,125

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Codification Topic 825: Financial Instruments. This guidance permits the Company to choose to report eligible items at fair value in the financial statements and on an ongoing basis, after making an election to do so at specified election dates. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value measurement option has been elected are reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option (i) may be applied instrument by instrument, with certain exceptions, thus the Company may record identical financial assets and liabilities at fair value or by another measurement basis permitted under generally accepted accounting principles; (ii) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs) and (iii) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. Upon its adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2008, the Company did not elect a fair value option for any of its financial assets or financial liabilities.

PAGE 101

NOTE 24.

CAPITAL MATTERS

The Company and the bank are subject to risk-based capital regulations which quantitatively measure capital against risk-weighted assets, including certain off-balance sheet items. These regulations define the elements of the Tier 1 and Tier 2 components of Total Capital and establish minimum ratios of 4% for Tier 1 capital and 8% for Total Capital for capital adequacy purposes. Supplementing these regulations is a leverage requirement. This requirement establishes a minimum leverage ratio (at least 3% or 4%, depending upon an institution’s regulatory status), which is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted quarterly average assets (after deducting goodwill). In addition, the bank is subject to the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) which imposes a number of mandatory supervisory measures. Among other matters, FDICIA established five capital categories ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications are used by regulatory agencies to determine a bank’s deposit insurance premium, approval of applications authorizing institutions to increase their asset size or otherwise expand business activities or acquire other institutions. Under FDICIA a “well capitalized” bank must maintain minimum leverage, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively. The Federal Reserve Board applies comparable tests for holding companies such as the Company. At December 31, 2009, management believes that the Company and the bank exceeded the requirements for “well capitalized” institutions under the tests pursuant to FDICIA and of the Federal Reserve Board.

The following tables present information regarding the Company’s and the bank’s regulatory capital ratios:

Actual

Minimum For Capital Adequacy

To Be Well Capitalized

As of December 31, 2009

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

The Company

193,760

12.75

121,606

8.00

152,007

10.00

The bank

169,353

11.25

120,378

8.00

150,473

10.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

The Company

174,746

11.50

60,803

4.00

91,204

6.00

The bank

150,529

10.00

60,189

4.00

90,284

6.00

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (to Average Assets):

The Company

174,746

8.06

86,757

4.00

108,447

5.00

The bank

150,529

6.97

86,385

4.00

107,981

5.00


As of December 31, 2008

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
The Company	$	193,991	13.89	%	$	111,723	8.00	%	$	139,654	10.00	%
The bank		154,619	11.05			111,924	8.00			139,905	10.00
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):
The Company		177,825	12.73			55,861	4.00			83,792	6.00
The bank		138,453	9.90			55,962	4.00			83,943	6.00
Tier 1 Leverage Capital (to Average Assets):
The Company		177,825	8.59			82,803	4.00			103,503	5.00
The bank		138,453	6.69			82,779	4.00			103,474	5.00

PAGE 102

NOTE 25.

SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company provides a broad range of financial products and services, including commercial loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending and brokerage, asset-based financing, factoring/accounts receivable management services, trade financing, equipment leasing, corporate and consumer deposit services, trust and estate administration and investment management services. The Company’s primary source of earnings is net interest income, which represents the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets and the interest incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. The Company’s 2009 average interest-earning assets were 61.0% loans (corporate lending was 68.4% and real estate lending was 26.9% of total loans, respectively) and 39.0% investment securities and money market investments. There were no industry concentrations (exceeding 10% of loans, gross) in the corporate loan portfolio. Approximately 78% of loans were to borrowers located in the New York metropolitan area. In order to comply with the provisions of FASB Codification Topic 280: Segment Reporting, the Company has determined that it has three reportable operating segments: corporate lending, real estate lending and company-wide treasury.

Recent economic conditions during 2009 and 2008, such as continuing decrease in real estate values, general slowdown in spending and illiquid credit markets, have reduced demands for corporate and real estate lending. As such, it is reasonably possible that the income from corporate and real estate lending segments will decrease significantly from the current levels in the near term. In addition, due to the geographic concentration of the Company’s loan portfolio to the New York metropolitan area, an adverse change in market conditions in that geographic area could result in a significant decrease in our income from lending segments. Such decrease in income from lending segments, if realized, may have a severe adverse impact on the operations of the Company.

The following table provides certain information regarding the Company’s operating segments:


	Corporate Lending			Real Estate Lending		Company-wide Treasury			Totals

Year Ended December 31, 2009
Net interest income	$	38,249		$	19,688	$	27,893		$	85,830
Noninterest income		26,011			9,550		7,956			43,517
Depreciation and amortization		677			135		3			815
Segment income before income taxes		27,045			16,794		33,718			77,557
Segment assets		820,167			372,842		931,642			2,124,651

Year Ended December 31, 2008
Net interest income	$	36,637		$	20,824	$	26,353		$	83,814
Noninterest income (loss)		22,269			8,795		(164	)		30,900
Depreciation and amortization		749			261		3			1,013
Segment income from continuing operations before income taxes		27,829			13,436		25,347			66,612
Segment assets from continuing operations		819,940			394,513		934,286			2,148,739

Year Ended December 31, 2007
Net interest income	$	27,504		$	23,119	$	22,212		$	72,835
Noninterest income		22,955			8,876		1,635			33,466
Depreciation and amortization		702			364		3			1,069
Segment income from continuing operations before income taxes		19,150			14,862		23,315			57,327
Segment loss from discontinued operations before income taxes		(1,307	)		—		—			(1,307	)
Segment assets from continuing operations		793,062			382,561		772,214			1,947,837

PAGE 103

The following table sets forth reconciliations of net interest income, noninterest income, pre-tax income from continuing operations and total assets for reportable operating segments to the Company’s consolidated totals:


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

Net interest income:
Total for reportable operating segments	$	85,830		$	83,814		$	72,835
Other^[1]		795			869			1,038

Consolidated net interest income	$	86,625		$	84,683		$	73,873

Noninterest income:
Total for reportable operating segments	$	43,517		$	30,900		$	33,466
Other^[1]		633			2,400			1,946

Consolidated noninterest income	$	44,150		$	33,300		$	35,412

Income from continuing operations before income taxes:
Total for reportable operating segments	$	77,557		$	66,612		$	57,327
Other^[1]		(63,227	)		(41,430	)		(33,373	)

Consolidated income/loss from continuing operations before income taxes	$	14,330		$	25,182		$	23,954

Assets:
Total for reportable operating segments	$	2,124,651		$	2,148,739		$	1,947,837
Other^[1]		40,958			30,362			31,812

Consolidated assets	$	2,165,609		$	2,179,101		$	1,979,649

[1] Represents operations not considered to be a reportable segment and/or general operating expenses of the Company.

NOTE 26.

PARENT COMPANY

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS


December 31,	2009		2008

ASSETS
Cash and due from banks—
Banking subsidiary	$	3,077	$	47,478
Other banks		36		32
Interest-bearing deposits—banking subsidiary		27,941		10,902
Securities available for sale (at fair value)		978		766
Loans, net of unearned discount		15,161		50
Investment in subsidiaries—
Banking subsidiary (including goodwill of $22,901 in 2009 and 2008)		165,149		148,639
Other subsidiaries		2,138		2,117
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		3,760		3,019
Other assets		11,785		10,499

	$	230,025	$	223,502


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Commercial paper	$	17,297	$	11,731
Due to subsidiaries—
Other subsidiaries		992		992
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		24,012		24,525
Junior subordinated debt (see Note 12)		25,774		25,774
Shareholders’ equity		161,950		160,480

	$	230,025	$	223,502

PAGE 104

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

INCOME
Dividends and interest from—
Banking subsidiary	$	39		$	12,558		$	10,064
Loans		95			150			252
Securities available for sale		88			66			2
Other income		172			463			20

Total income		394			13,237			10,338

EXPENSE
Interest expense		2,211			2,617			3,536
Other expenses		3,301			3,820			3,707

Total expense		5,512			6,437			7,243

(Loss) Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries		(5,118	)		6,800			3,095
Benefit for income taxes		(1,755	)		(2,215	)		(2,522	)

(Loss) Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries		(3,363	)		9,015			5,617
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of—
Banking subsidiary (net of loss on discontinued operations of $-0-, $-0- and $(126), respectively)		12,764			6,965			9,432
Other subsidiaries (net of loss on discontinued operations of $-0-, $-0- and $(669), respectively)		21			26			(450	)

Net income	$	9,422		$	16,006		$	14,599

PAGE 105

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


Years Ended December 31,	2009			2008			2007

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income	$	9,422		$	16,006		$	14,599
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
(Decrease) Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities		(512	)		5,377			281
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries		(12,785	)		(6,991	)		(8,982	)
(Increase) Decrease in other assets		(2,028	)		(2,501	)		1,156
Other, net		(97	)		(887	)		(249	)

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(6,000	)		11,004			6,805


INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits—banking subsidiary		(17,039	)		4,490			14,975
Purchase of securities available for sale		—			(786	)		(192	)
(Decrease) Increase in loans		(15,111	)		4,751			—
(Decrease) Increase in due to subsidiaries, net		—			(53	)		50
Cash transferred on dissolution of subsidiary		—			1,996			—

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(32,150	)		10,398			14,833


FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in commercial paper		5,565			(9,147	)		(6,683	)
Cash dividends paid on common shares		(10,131	)		(13,674	)		(13,755	)
Cash dividends paid on preferred shares		(1,878	)		—			—
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		197			2,589			798
Purchase of treasury shares		—			—			(13,622	)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrant to purchase common stock		—			42,000			—

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(6,247	)		21,768			(33,262	)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks		(44,397	)		43,170			(11,624	)
Cash and due from banks—beginning of year		47,510			4,340			15,964

Cash and due from banks—end of year	$	3,113		$	47,510		$	4,340

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	2,214		$	2,734		$	3,493
Income taxes paid		5,757			9,178			2,083

PAGE 106

NOTE 27.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Total rental expenses under cancelable and noncancelable leases for premises and equipment were $5.2 million, $5.4 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which are net of rental income for a sublease of $194 thousand, $204 thousand and $193 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2009 under noncancelable leases follow:


Year(s)	Rental Commitments
Year(s)	Rental Commitments

2010	$	4,722
2011		4,427
2012		4,342
2013		4,372
2014		4,404
2015 and thereafter		24,678

Total	$	46,945

Certain leases included above have escalation clauses and/or provide that the Company pay maintenance, electric, taxes and other operating expenses applicable to the leased property.

In the normal course of business, there are various commitments and contingent liabilities outstanding which are properly not recorded on the balance sheet. Management does not anticipate that losses, if any, as a result of these transactions would materially affect the financial position of the Company.

Loan commitments, approximately 56% of which have an original maturity of one year or less, were approximately $31.3 million as of December 31, 2009. These commitments are agreements to lend to a customer as long as the conditions established in the contract are met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements because some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. The bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, by the bank upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include cash, U.S. Treasury and other marketable securities, accounts receivable, inventory and property, plant and equipment.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, substantially all of which are within the scope of FASB Codification Topic 460: Guarantees, are written conditional commitments issued by the bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. At December 31, 2009, these commitments totaled $25.3 million of which $23.4 million expire within one year and $1.9 million within two years. Approximately 92% of the commitments are automatically renewable for a period of one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The bank holds cash or cash equivalents and marketable securities as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The extent of collateral held for those commitments at December 31, 2009 ranged from 0% to 100%; the average amount collateralized was approximately 84%.

In the normal course of business there are various legal proceedings pending against the Company. Management, after consulting with counsel, is of the opinion that there should be no material liability with respect to such proceedings, and accordingly no provision has been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

PAGE 107

NOTE 28.

QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

2009 Quarter

Mar 31

Jun 30

Sept 30

Dec 31

Total interest income

26,585

26,202

26,722

26,411

Total interest expense

5,218

4,888

4,753

4,436

Net interest income

21,367

21,314

21,969

21,975

Provision for loan losses

6,200

6,800

6,950

7,950

Net securities gains

3,065

874

1,221

401

Noninterest income, excluding securities gains

7,739

9,924

10,514

10,412

Noninterest expenses

20,052

24,143

23,177

21,173

Income before income taxes

5,919

1,169

3,577

3,665

Provision for income taxes

2,306

394

1,180

1,028

Net income

3,613

775

2,397

2,637

Dividends on preferred shares and accretion

842

637

646

648

Net income available to common shareholders

2,771

138

1,751

1,989

Net income available to common shareholders, per average common share:

Basic

0.15

0.01

0.10

0.11

Diluted

0.15

0.01

0.10

0.11

Common stock closing price:

High

13.86

12.27

9.55

7.30

Low

7.23

7.92

6.40

6.29

Quarter-end

9.90

8.35

7.22

7.14


2008 Quarter	Mar 31		Jun 30			Sept 30			Dec 31

Total interest income	$	29,769	$	29,713		$	29,980		$	28,609
Total interest expense		9,934		8,241			8,280			6,933
Net interest income		19,835		21,472			21,700			21,676
Provision for loan losses		1,950		2,200			1,950			2,225
Other than temporary losses		—		(507	)		(1,177	)		—
Noninterest income, excluding securities (losses)/gains		8,672		9,079			8,420			8,813
Noninterest expenses		20,166		21,130			21,677			21,503
Income before income taxes		6,391		6,714			5,316			6,761
Provision for income taxes		2,389		2,544			1,531			2,712
Net income		4,002		4,170			3,785			4,049
Dividends on preferred shares and accretion		—		—			—			102
Net income available to common shareholders		4,002		4,170			3,785			3,947
Net income available to common shareholders, per average common share:
Basic		0.22		0.23			0.21			0.22
Diluted		0.22		0.23			0.21			0.22
Common stock closing price:
High		17.38		17.00			18.37			15.71
Low		11.93		11.74			10.36			10.54
Quarter-end		15.58		11.96			14.75			14.20

PAGE 108

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

(CROWE HORWATH LOGO)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Sterling Bancorp (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended and the consolidated statement of condition of Sterling National Bank as of December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the financial position of Sterling National Bank as of December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Sterling Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 25, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
Livingston, New Jersey
February 25, 2010

PAGE 109

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

(KPMG LOGO)

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Sterling Bancorp:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Sterling Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2008 and the consolidated statement of condition of Sterling National Bank and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sterling Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2008 and the financial position of Sterling National Bank and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
March 13, 2009, except as to Note 1(t) which is as of February 25, 2010

PAGE 110

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, evaluated the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changed conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The management of the Company assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, the Company’s management concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

PAGE 111

(c) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have audited Sterling Bancorp’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Sterling Bancorp’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Sterling Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended of Sterling Bancorp and the consolidated statement of condition of Sterling National Bank as of December 31, 2009 and our report dated February 25, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
Livingston, New Jersey
February 25, 2010

PAGE 112

(e) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PAGE 113

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information regarding executive officers required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K is furnished in a separate disclosure beginning on page 30 at the end of Part I of this report. The other information required by Item 10 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

See the information appearing in Note 19 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning on page 88.

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2009, regarding securities issued to all of the Company’s employees under equity compensation plans that were in effect during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and other equity compensation plan information.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION


Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (a)		Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (b)		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)

Equity Compensation Plans approved by security holders		664,214	$	14.56		611,115
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by security holders		—		—		—

Total		664,214	$	14.56		611,115

The other information required by Item 12 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.

PAGE 114

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


(a)	The documents filed as a part of this report are listed below:

	1.	Financial Statements

		Sterling Bancorp

		Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

		Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

		Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

		Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

		Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 Sterling National Bank

		Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

	2.	Financial Statement Schedules None

	3.	Exhibits

		3.	(i)	Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the State of New York Department of State on October 28, 2004 (Filed as Exhibit 3(i) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(ii)	Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation filed with the New York Department of State on December 18, 2008. (Filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)	By-Laws as in effect on November 15, 2007 (Filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 15, 2007 and filed on November 19, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).

		4.	(a)	Pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(4) (iii)(A), no instrument which defines the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Registrant or any of its consolidated subsidiaries is filed herewith. Pursuant to this regulation, the Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.

			(b)	Warrant to Purchase up to 516,817 shares of Common Stock (Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 23, 2008 and filed on December 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

		10.	(i)(A)	Sterling Bancorp Stock Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated as of May 20, 2004) (Filed as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(i)(B)	Form of Award Letter for Non-Employee Directors (Filed as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(i)(C)	Form of Award Letter for Officers (Filed as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(i)(D)	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award (Filed as Exhibit 10(A) to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated March 18, 2005 and filed on March 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(i)(E)	Form of Award Letter for Officers (Filed as Exhibit 10(i)(E) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(i)(F)	Amendment to Sterling Bancorp Stock Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10(i)(F) to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 29, 2008 and filed on January 5, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(ii)(A)	Sterling Bancorp Key Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (Filed as Exhibit C to the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement, dated March 13, 2001, filed on March 16, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(ii)(B)	Amendment to Sterling Bancorp Key Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10(ii) (B) to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 29, 2008 and filed on January 5, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)(A)	Amended and Restated Employment Agreements dated March 22, 2002 for Louis J. Cappelli and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits 10(i)(a) and 10(i)(b), respectively, to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

PAGE 115


			(iii)(B)	Amendments to Employment Agreements dated February 26, 2003 for Louis J. Cappelli and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits 3.10(xiv)(a) and 3.10(xiv)(b), respectively, to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)(C)	Amendments to Employment Agreements dated February 24, 2004 for Louis J. Cappelli and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits 10(xv)(a) and 10(xv)(b), respectively, to the Registrant’s Form 10-K dated December 31, 2003 and filed on March 12, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)(D)	Amendments to Employment Agreements dated March 18, 2005 for Louis J. Cappelli and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits 10(B) and 10(C), respectively, to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated March 18, 2005 and filed on March 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)(E)	Amendments to Employment Agreements dated March 18, 2006 for Louis J. Cappelli and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits 10(iii)(E)(a) and 10(iii)(E)(b), respectively, to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)(F)	Amendments to Employment Agreements dated March 15, 2007 for Louis J. Cappelli and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits10(iii)(F)(a) and 10(iii)(F)(b), respectively, to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)(G)	Amendments to Employment Agreements dated March 13, 2008 for Louis J. Cappelli and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits10(iii)(G)(a) and 10(iii)(G)(b), respectively, to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)(H)	Amendments dated December 29, 2008 to Employment Agreements (a) For Louis J. Cappelli and (b) For John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibit 10(iii)(H) to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 29, 2008 and filed on January 5, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iii)(I)	Amendments to Employment Agreements dated March 12, 2009 for Louis J. Cappelli and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits 10(iii)(I)(a) and 10(iii)(I)(b), respectively, to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iv)(A)	Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement entered into May 21, 1999 between the Registrant and each of six executives (Filed as Exhibit 10(ii) to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iv)(B)	Amendment to Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement dated February 6, 2002 entered into between the Registrant and each of four executives (Filed as Exhibit 10(ii) to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iv)(C)	Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement dated April 3, 2002 entered into between the Registrant and one executive (Filed as Exhibit 10(i) to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iv)(D)	Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement dated June 8, 2004 entered into between the Registrant and one executive (Filed as Exhibit 10(i) to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iv)(E)	Form of Change of Control Severance and Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2006, entered into between the Registrant and one officer (Filed as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference).

			(iv)(F)	Form of Change of Control Severance and Retention Agreement, dated as of September 7, 2006, entered into between the Registrant and one officer (Filed as Exhibit 10(iv)(F) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference).

PAGE 116


	(iv)(G)	Form of Amendment dated December 29, 2008 to Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and each of three executives (Filed as Exhibit 10(iv)(G) to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 29, 2008 and filed on January 5, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

	(iv)(H)	Form of Amendment dated December 29, 2008 to Form of Change in Control Severance and Retention Agreement between the Company and each of six executives (Filed as Exhibit 10(iv)(H) to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 29, 2008 and filed on January 5, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

	(v)(A)	Letter Agreement, dated December 23, 2008, including the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the U.S. Treasury (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 23, 2008 and filed on December 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

	(v)(B)	Form of Waiver, executed by each of Louis J. Cappelli, John C. Millman, John W. Tietjen, Howard M. Applebaum and Eliot Robinson (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 23, 2008 and filed on December 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

	(v)(C)	Form of Letter Agreement, executed by each of Louis J. Cappelli, John C. Millman, John W. Tietjen, Howard M. Applebaum and Eliot Robinson (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 23, 2008 and filed on December 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

11.		Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.

12.		Statement re: Computation of Ratios.

16.		Letter re: Change in Certifying Accountant (Filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated March 23, 2009 and filed on March 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

21.		Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1		Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2		Consent of KPMG LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1		Certification of the CEO pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).

31.2		Certification of the CFO pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).

32.1		Certification of the CEO required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code.

32.2		Certification of the CFO required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code.

99.1		Certification of the CEO under Section 111(b)(4) of EESA.

99.2		Certification of the CFO under Section 111(b)(4) of EESA.

PAGE 117

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

STERLING BANCORP

/s/ Louis J. Cappelli

Louis J. Cappelli, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

February 25, 2010

Date

/s/ John W. Tietjen

John W. Tietjen, Executive Vice President

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 25, 2010

Date

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


February 25, 2010		/s/ Louis J. Cappelli

(Date)		Louis J. Cappelli
		Director, Chairman and
		Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

February 25, 2010		/s/ John W. Tietjen

(Date)		John W. Tietjen
		Executive Vice President
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 25, 2010		/s/ John C. Millman

(Date)		John C. Millman
		Director

February 25, 2010		/s/ Joseph M. Adamko

(Date)		Joseph M. Adamko
		Director

February 25, 2010		/s/ Henry J. Humphreys

(Date)		Henry J. Humphreys
		Director

February 25, 2010		/s/ Robert W. Lazar

(Date)		Robert W. Lazar
		Director

February 25, 2010		/s/ Eugene T. Rossides

(Date)		Eugene T. Rossides
		Director

PAGE 118

EXHIBIT INDEX


11.		Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.

12.		Statement re: Computation of Ratios.

21.		Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1.		Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2.		Consent of KPMG LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1.		Certification of the CEO pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a–14(a).

31.2.		Certification of the CFO pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a–14(a).

32.1.		Certification of the CEO required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code.

32.2.		Certification of the CFO required by Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code.

99.1.		Certification of the CEO under Section 111(b)(4) of EESA.

99.2.		Certification of the CFO under Section 111(b)(4) of EESA.